diff options
| author | Adrian Dudau <adrian.dudau@enea.com> | 2013-12-12 13:46:05 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Adrian Dudau <adrian.dudau@enea.com> | 2013-12-12 13:47:32 +0100 |
| commit | 14b00ff23a912494edc7f146e668c40ca82b8508 (patch) | |
| tree | f7f4e592ccb935bc312cfa0cfc3c0cbbe444970d /documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml | |
| download | yocto-docs-master.tar.gz | |
Migrated from the internal git server on the dora-enea branch
Signed-off-by: Adrian Dudau <adrian.dudau@enea.com>
Diffstat (limited to 'documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml')
| -rw-r--r-- | documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml | 6603 |
1 files changed, 6603 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..305dc31 --- /dev/null +++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,6603 @@ | |||
| 1 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
| 2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" | ||
| 3 | [<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] > | ||
| 4 | |||
| 5 | <chapter id='extendpoky'> | ||
| 6 | |||
| 7 | <title>Common Tasks</title> | ||
| 8 | <para> | ||
| 9 | This chapter describes fundamental procedures such as creating layers, | ||
| 10 | adding new software packages, extending or customizing images, | ||
| 11 | porting work to new hardware (adding a new machine), and so forth. | ||
| 12 | You will find the procedures documented here occur often in the | ||
| 13 | development cycle using the Yocto Project. | ||
| 14 | </para> | ||
| 15 | |||
| 16 | <section id="understanding-and-creating-layers"> | ||
| 17 | <title>Understanding and Creating Layers</title> | ||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | <para> | ||
| 20 | The OpenEmbedded build system supports organizing | ||
| 21 | <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link> into multiple layers. | ||
| 22 | Layers allow you to isolate different types of customizations from | ||
| 23 | each other. | ||
| 24 | You might find it tempting to keep everything in one layer when | ||
| 25 | working on a single project. | ||
| 26 | However, the more modular you organize your Metadata, the easier | ||
| 27 | it is to cope with future changes. | ||
| 28 | </para> | ||
| 29 | |||
| 30 | <para> | ||
| 31 | To illustrate how layers are used to keep things modular, consider | ||
| 32 | machine customizations. | ||
| 33 | These types of customizations typically reside in a special layer, | ||
| 34 | rather than a general layer, called a Board Support Package (BSP) | ||
| 35 | Layer. | ||
| 36 | Furthermore, the machine customizations should be isolated from | ||
| 37 | recipes and Metadata that support a new GUI environment, | ||
| 38 | for example. | ||
| 39 | This situation gives you a couple of layers: one for the machine | ||
| 40 | configurations, and one for the GUI environment. | ||
| 41 | It is important to understand, however, that the BSP layer can | ||
| 42 | still make machine-specific additions to recipes within the GUI | ||
| 43 | environment layer without polluting the GUI layer itself | ||
| 44 | with those machine-specific changes. | ||
| 45 | You can accomplish this through a recipe that is a BitBake append | ||
| 46 | (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) file, which is described later | ||
| 47 | in this section. | ||
| 48 | </para> | ||
| 49 | |||
| 50 | <para> | ||
| 51 | </para> | ||
| 52 | |||
| 53 | <section id='yocto-project-layers'> | ||
| 54 | <title>Layers</title> | ||
| 55 | |||
| 56 | <para> | ||
| 57 | The <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
| 58 | contains both general layers and BSP | ||
| 59 | layers right out of the box. | ||
| 60 | You can easily identify layers that ship with a | ||
| 61 | Yocto Project release in the Source Directory by their | ||
| 62 | folder names. | ||
| 63 | Folders that represent layers typically have names that begin with | ||
| 64 | the string <filename>meta-</filename>. | ||
| 65 | <note> | ||
| 66 | It is not a requirement that a layer name begin with the | ||
| 67 | prefix <filename>meta-</filename>, but it's a commonly accepted | ||
| 68 | standard in the Yocto Project community. | ||
| 69 | </note> | ||
| 70 | For example, when you set up the Source Directory structure, | ||
| 71 | you will see several layers: | ||
| 72 | <filename>meta</filename>, <filename>meta-hob</filename>, | ||
| 73 | <filename>meta-skeleton</filename>, | ||
| 74 | <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, and | ||
| 75 | <filename>meta-yocto-bsp</filename>. | ||
| 76 | Each of these folders represents a distinct layer. | ||
| 77 | </para> | ||
| 78 | |||
| 79 | <para> | ||
| 80 | Furthermore, if you set up a local copy of the | ||
| 81 | <filename>meta-intel</filename> Git repository | ||
| 82 | and then explore the folder of that general layer, | ||
| 83 | you will discover many Intel-specific BSP layers inside. | ||
| 84 | For more information on BSP layers, see the | ||
| 85 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>" | ||
| 86 | section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) | ||
| 87 | Developer's Guide. | ||
| 88 | </para> | ||
| 89 | </section> | ||
| 90 | |||
| 91 | <section id='creating-your-own-layer'> | ||
| 92 | <title>Creating Your Own Layer</title> | ||
| 93 | |||
| 94 | <para> | ||
| 95 | It is very easy to create your own layers to use with the | ||
| 96 | OpenEmbedded build system. | ||
| 97 | The Yocto Project ships with scripts that speed up creating | ||
| 98 | general layers and BSP layers. | ||
| 99 | This section describes the steps you perform by hand to create | ||
| 100 | a layer so that you can better understand them. | ||
| 101 | For information about the layer-creation scripts, see the | ||
| 102 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'>Creating a New BSP Layer Using the yocto-bsp Script</ulink>" | ||
| 103 | section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) | ||
| 104 | Developer's Guide and the | ||
| 105 | "<link linkend='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</link>" | ||
| 106 | section further down in this manual. | ||
| 107 | </para> | ||
| 108 | |||
| 109 | <para> | ||
| 110 | Follow these general steps to create your layer: | ||
| 111 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 112 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Check Existing Layers:</emphasis> | ||
| 113 | Before creating a new layer, you should be sure someone | ||
| 114 | has not already created a layer containing the Metadata | ||
| 115 | you need. | ||
| 116 | You can see the | ||
| 117 | <ulink url='http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/layers/'><filename>OpenEmbedded Metadata Index</filename></ulink> | ||
| 118 | for a list of layers from the OpenEmbedded community | ||
| 119 | that can be used in the Yocto Project. | ||
| 120 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 121 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a Directory:</emphasis> | ||
| 122 | Create the directory for your layer. | ||
| 123 | While not strictly required, prepend the name of the | ||
| 124 | folder with the string <filename>meta-</filename>. | ||
| 125 | For example: | ||
| 126 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 127 | meta-mylayer | ||
| 128 | meta-GUI_xyz | ||
| 129 | meta-mymachine | ||
| 130 | </literallayout> | ||
| 131 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 132 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a Layer Configuration | ||
| 133 | File:</emphasis> | ||
| 134 | Inside your new layer folder, you need to create a | ||
| 135 | <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file. | ||
| 136 | It is easiest to take an existing layer configuration | ||
| 137 | file and copy that to your layer's | ||
| 138 | <filename>conf</filename> directory and then modify the | ||
| 139 | file as needed.</para> | ||
| 140 | <para>The | ||
| 141 | <filename>meta-yocto-bsp/conf/layer.conf</filename> file | ||
| 142 | demonstrates the required syntax: | ||
| 143 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 144 | # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH | ||
| 145 | BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}" | ||
| 146 | |||
| 147 | # We have recipes-* directories, add to BBFILES | ||
| 148 | BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \ | ||
| 149 | ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend" | ||
| 150 | |||
| 151 | BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "yoctobsp" | ||
| 152 | BBFILE_PATTERN_yoctobsp = "^${LAYERDIR}/" | ||
| 153 | BBFILE_PRIORITY_yoctobsp = "5" | ||
| 154 | LAYERVERSION_yoctobsp = "2" | ||
| 155 | </literallayout></para> | ||
| 156 | <para>Here is an explanation of the example: | ||
| 157 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 158 | <listitem><para>The configuration and | ||
| 159 | classes directory is appended to | ||
| 160 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></ulink>. | ||
| 161 | <note> | ||
| 162 | All non-distro layers, which include all BSP | ||
| 163 | layers, are expected to append the layer | ||
| 164 | directory to the | ||
| 165 | <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
| 166 | On the other hand, distro layers, such as | ||
| 167 | <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, can choose | ||
| 168 | to enforce their own precedence over | ||
| 169 | <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
| 170 | For an example of that syntax, see the | ||
| 171 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> file for | ||
| 172 | the <filename>meta-yocto</filename> layer. | ||
| 173 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
| 174 | <listitem><para>The recipes for the layers are | ||
| 175 | appended to | ||
| 176 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILES'>BBFILES</ulink></filename>. | ||
| 177 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 178 | <listitem><para>The | ||
| 179 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_COLLECTIONS'>BBFILE_COLLECTIONS</ulink></filename> | ||
| 180 | variable is then appended with the layer name. | ||
| 181 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 182 | <listitem><para>The | ||
| 183 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_PATTERN'>BBFILE_PATTERN</ulink></filename> | ||
| 184 | variable is set to a regular expression and is | ||
| 185 | used to match files from | ||
| 186 | <filename>BBFILES</filename> into a particular | ||
| 187 | layer. | ||
| 188 | In this case, | ||
| 189 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LAYERDIR'>LAYERDIR</ulink></filename> | ||
| 190 | is used to make <filename>BBFILE_PATTERN</filename> match within the | ||
| 191 | layer's path.</para></listitem> | ||
| 192 | <listitem><para>The | ||
| 193 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_PRIORITY'>BBFILE_PRIORITY</ulink></filename> | ||
| 194 | variable then assigns a priority to the layer. | ||
| 195 | Applying priorities is useful in situations | ||
| 196 | where the same package might appear in multiple | ||
| 197 | layers and allows you to choose what layer | ||
| 198 | should take precedence.</para></listitem> | ||
| 199 | <listitem><para>The | ||
| 200 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LAYERVERSION'>LAYERVERSION</ulink></filename> | ||
| 201 | variable optionally specifies the version of a | ||
| 202 | layer as a single number.</para></listitem> | ||
| 203 | </itemizedlist></para> | ||
| 204 | <para>Note the use of the | ||
| 205 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LAYERDIR'>LAYERDIR</ulink></filename> | ||
| 206 | variable, which expands to the directory of the current | ||
| 207 | layer.</para> | ||
| 208 | <para>Through the use of the <filename>BBPATH</filename> | ||
| 209 | variable, BitBake locates <filename>.bbclass</filename> | ||
| 210 | files, configuration files, and files that are included | ||
| 211 | with <filename>include</filename> and | ||
| 212 | <filename>require</filename> statements. | ||
| 213 | For these cases, BitBake uses the first file that | ||
| 214 | matches the name found in <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
| 215 | This is similar to the way the <filename>PATH</filename> | ||
| 216 | variable is used for binaries. | ||
| 217 | We recommend, therefore, that you use unique | ||
| 218 | <filename>.bbclass</filename> and configuration | ||
| 219 | filenames in your custom layer.</para></listitem> | ||
| 220 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Add Content:</emphasis> Depending | ||
| 221 | on the type of layer, add the content. | ||
| 222 | If the layer adds support for a machine, add the machine | ||
| 223 | configuration in a <filename>conf/machine/</filename> | ||
| 224 | file within the layer. | ||
| 225 | If the layer adds distro policy, add the distro | ||
| 226 | configuration in a <filename>conf/distro/</filename> | ||
| 227 | file with the layer. | ||
| 228 | If the layer introduces new recipes, put the recipes | ||
| 229 | you need in <filename>recipes-*</filename> | ||
| 230 | subdirectories within the layer. | ||
| 231 | <note>In order to be compliant with the Yocto Project, | ||
| 232 | a layer must contain a | ||
| 233 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-filelayout-readme'>README file.</ulink> | ||
| 234 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
| 235 | </orderedlist> | ||
| 236 | </para> | ||
| 237 | </section> | ||
| 238 | |||
| 239 | <section id='best-practices-to-follow-when-creating-layers'> | ||
| 240 | <title>Best Practices to Follow When Creating Layers</title> | ||
| 241 | |||
| 242 | <para> | ||
| 243 | To create layers that are easier to maintain and that will | ||
| 244 | not impact builds for other machines, you should consider the | ||
| 245 | information in the following sections. | ||
| 246 | </para> | ||
| 247 | |||
| 248 | <section id='avoid-overlaying-entire-recipes'> | ||
| 249 | <title>Avoid "Overlaying" Entire Recipes</title> | ||
| 250 | |||
| 251 | <para> | ||
| 252 | Avoid "overlaying" entire recipes from other layers in your | ||
| 253 | configuration. | ||
| 254 | In other words, do not copy an entire recipe into your | ||
| 255 | layer and then modify it. | ||
| 256 | Rather, use <filename>.bbappend</filename> files to override the | ||
| 257 | only those parts of the original recipe you need to modify. | ||
| 258 | </para> | ||
| 259 | </section> | ||
| 260 | |||
| 261 | <section id='avoid-duplicating-include-files'> | ||
| 262 | <title>Avoid Duplicating Include Files</title> | ||
| 263 | |||
| 264 | <para> | ||
| 265 | Avoid duplicating include files. | ||
| 266 | Use <filename>.bbappend</filename> files for each recipe | ||
| 267 | that uses an include file. | ||
| 268 | Or, if you are introducing a new recipe that requires | ||
| 269 | the included file, use the path relative to the original | ||
| 270 | layer directory to refer to the file. | ||
| 271 | For example, use | ||
| 272 | <filename>require recipes-core/somepackage/somefile.inc</filename> | ||
| 273 | instead of <filename>require somefile.inc</filename>. | ||
| 274 | If you're finding you have to overlay the include file, | ||
| 275 | it could indicate a deficiency in the include file in | ||
| 276 | the layer to which it originally belongs. | ||
| 277 | If this is the case, you need to address that deficiency | ||
| 278 | instead of overlaying the include file. | ||
| 279 | </para> | ||
| 280 | |||
| 281 | <para> | ||
| 282 | For example, consider how support plug-ins for the Qt 4 | ||
| 283 | database are configured. | ||
| 284 | The Source Directory does not have MySQL or PostgreSQL. | ||
| 285 | However, OpenEmbedded's layer <filename>meta-oe</filename> | ||
| 286 | does. | ||
| 287 | Consequently, <filename>meta-oe</filename> uses | ||
| 288 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files to modify the | ||
| 289 | <filename>QT_SQL_DRIVER_FLAGS</filename> variable to | ||
| 290 | enable the appropriate plug-ins. | ||
| 291 | This variable was added to the <filename>qt4.inc</filename> | ||
| 292 | include file in the Source Directory specifically to allow | ||
| 293 | the <filename>meta-oe</filename> layer to be able to control | ||
| 294 | which plug-ins are built. | ||
| 295 | </para> | ||
| 296 | </section> | ||
| 297 | |||
| 298 | <section id='structure-your-layers'> | ||
| 299 | <title>Structure Your Layers</title> | ||
| 300 | |||
| 301 | <para> | ||
| 302 | Proper use of overrides within append files and placement | ||
| 303 | of machine-specific files within your layer can ensure that | ||
| 304 | a build is not using the wrong Metadata and negatively | ||
| 305 | impacting a build for a different machine. | ||
| 306 | Following are some examples: | ||
| 307 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 308 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Modifying Variables to Support | ||
| 309 | a Different Machine:</emphasis> | ||
| 310 | Suppose you have a layer named | ||
| 311 | <filename>meta-one</filename> that adds support | ||
| 312 | for building machine "one". | ||
| 313 | To do so, you use an append file named | ||
| 314 | <filename>base-files.bbappend</filename> and | ||
| 315 | create a dependency on "foo" by altering the | ||
| 316 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 317 | variable: | ||
| 318 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 319 | DEPENDS = "foo" | ||
| 320 | </literallayout> | ||
| 321 | The dependency is created during any build that | ||
| 322 | includes the layer | ||
| 323 | <filename>meta-one</filename>. | ||
| 324 | However, you might not want this dependency | ||
| 325 | for all machines. | ||
| 326 | For example, suppose you are building for | ||
| 327 | machine "two" but your | ||
| 328 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file has the | ||
| 329 | <filename>meta-one</filename> layer included. | ||
| 330 | During the build, the | ||
| 331 | <filename>base-files</filename> for machine | ||
| 332 | "two" will also have the dependency on | ||
| 333 | <filename>foo</filename>.</para> | ||
| 334 | <para>To make sure your changes apply only when | ||
| 335 | building machine "one", use a machine override | ||
| 336 | with the <filename>DEPENDS</filename> statement: | ||
| 337 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 338 | DEPENDS_one = "foo" | ||
| 339 | </literallayout> | ||
| 340 | You should follow the same strategy when using | ||
| 341 | <filename>_append</filename> and | ||
| 342 | <filename>_prepend</filename> operations: | ||
| 343 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 344 | DEPENDS_append_one = " foo" | ||
| 345 | DEPENDS_prepend_one = "foo " | ||
| 346 | </literallayout> | ||
| 347 | <note> | ||
| 348 | Avoiding "+=" and "=+" and using | ||
| 349 | machine-specific | ||
| 350 | <filename>_append</filename> | ||
| 351 | and <filename>_prepend</filename> operations | ||
| 352 | is recommended as well. | ||
| 353 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
| 354 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Place Machine-Specific Files | ||
| 355 | in Machine-Specific Locations:</emphasis> | ||
| 356 | When you have a base recipe, such as | ||
| 357 | <filename>base-files.bb</filename>, that | ||
| 358 | contains a | ||
| 359 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
| 360 | statement to a file, you can use an append file | ||
| 361 | to cause the build to use your own version of | ||
| 362 | the file. | ||
| 363 | For example, an append file in your layer at | ||
| 364 | <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files.bbappend</filename> | ||
| 365 | could extend | ||
| 366 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></ulink> | ||
| 367 | using | ||
| 368 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESEXTRAPATHS'><filename>FILESEXTRAPATHS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 369 | as follows: | ||
| 370 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 371 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${BPN}:" | ||
| 372 | </literallayout> | ||
| 373 | The build for machine "one" will pick up your | ||
| 374 | machine-specific file as long as you have the | ||
| 375 | file in | ||
| 376 | <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/</filename>. | ||
| 377 | However, if you are building for a different | ||
| 378 | machine and the | ||
| 379 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file includes | ||
| 380 | the <filename>meta-one</filename> layer and | ||
| 381 | the location of your machine-specific file is | ||
| 382 | the first location where that file is found | ||
| 383 | according to <filename>FILESPATH</filename>, | ||
| 384 | builds for all machines will also use that | ||
| 385 | machine-specific file.</para> | ||
| 386 | <para>You can make sure that a machine-specific | ||
| 387 | file is used for a particular machine by putting | ||
| 388 | the file in a subdirectory specific to the | ||
| 389 | machine. | ||
| 390 | For example, rather than placing the file in | ||
| 391 | <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/</filename> | ||
| 392 | as shown above, put it in | ||
| 393 | <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/one/</filename>. | ||
| 394 | Not only does this make sure the file is used | ||
| 395 | only when building for machine "one" but the | ||
| 396 | build process locates the file more quickly.</para> | ||
| 397 | <para>In summary, you need to place all files | ||
| 398 | referenced from <filename>SRC_URI</filename> | ||
| 399 | in a machine-specific subdirectory within the | ||
| 400 | layer in order to restrict those files to | ||
| 401 | machine-specific builds.</para></listitem> | ||
| 402 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 403 | </para> | ||
| 404 | </section> | ||
| 405 | |||
| 406 | <section id='other-recommendations'> | ||
| 407 | <title>Other Recommendations</title> | ||
| 408 | |||
| 409 | <para> | ||
| 410 | We also recommend the following: | ||
| 411 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 412 | <listitem><para>Store custom layers in a Git repository | ||
| 413 | that uses the | ||
| 414 | <filename>meta-<layer_name></filename> format. | ||
| 415 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 416 | <listitem><para>Clone the repository alongside other | ||
| 417 | <filename>meta</filename> directories in the | ||
| 418 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
| 419 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 420 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 421 | Following these recommendations keeps your Source Directory and | ||
| 422 | its configuration entirely inside the Yocto Project's core | ||
| 423 | base. | ||
| 424 | </para> | ||
| 425 | </section> | ||
| 426 | </section> | ||
| 427 | |||
| 428 | <section id='enabling-your-layer'> | ||
| 429 | <title>Enabling Your Layer</title> | ||
| 430 | |||
| 431 | <para> | ||
| 432 | Before the OpenEmbedded build system can use your new layer, | ||
| 433 | you need to enable it. | ||
| 434 | To enable your layer, simply add your layer's path to the | ||
| 435 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBLAYERS'>BBLAYERS</ulink></filename> | ||
| 436 | variable in your <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> file, | ||
| 437 | which is found in the | ||
| 438 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
| 439 | The following example shows how to enable a layer named | ||
| 440 | <filename>meta-mylayer</filename>: | ||
| 441 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 442 | LCONF_VERSION = "6" | ||
| 443 | |||
| 444 | BBPATH = "${TOPDIR}" | ||
| 445 | BBFILES ?= "" | ||
| 446 | |||
| 447 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
| 448 | $HOME/poky/meta \ | ||
| 449 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
| 450 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
| 451 | $HOME/poky/meta-mylayer \ | ||
| 452 | " | ||
| 453 | |||
| 454 | BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ | ||
| 455 | $HOME/poky/meta \ | ||
| 456 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
| 457 | " | ||
| 458 | </literallayout> | ||
| 459 | </para> | ||
| 460 | |||
| 461 | <para> | ||
| 462 | BitBake parses each <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file | ||
| 463 | as specified in the <filename>BBLAYERS</filename> variable | ||
| 464 | within the <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> file. | ||
| 465 | During the processing of each | ||
| 466 | <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file, BitBake adds the | ||
| 467 | recipes, classes and configurations contained within the | ||
| 468 | particular layer to the source directory. | ||
| 469 | </para> | ||
| 470 | </section> | ||
| 471 | |||
| 472 | <section id='using-bbappend-files'> | ||
| 473 | <title>Using .bbappend Files</title> | ||
| 474 | |||
| 475 | <para> | ||
| 476 | Recipes used to append Metadata to other recipes are called | ||
| 477 | BitBake append files. | ||
| 478 | BitBake append files use the <filename>.bbappend</filename> file | ||
| 479 | type suffix, while the corresponding recipes to which Metadata | ||
| 480 | is being appended use the <filename>.bb</filename> file type | ||
| 481 | suffix. | ||
| 482 | </para> | ||
| 483 | |||
| 484 | <para> | ||
| 485 | A <filename>.bbappend</filename> file allows your layer to make | ||
| 486 | additions or changes to the content of another layer's recipe | ||
| 487 | without having to copy the other recipe into your layer. | ||
| 488 | Your <filename>.bbappend</filename> file resides in your layer, | ||
| 489 | while the main <filename>.bb</filename> recipe file to | ||
| 490 | which you are appending Metadata resides in a different layer. | ||
| 491 | </para> | ||
| 492 | |||
| 493 | <para> | ||
| 494 | Append files must have the same root names as their corresponding | ||
| 495 | recipes. | ||
| 496 | For example, the append file | ||
| 497 | <filename>someapp_&DISTRO;.bbappend</filename> must apply to | ||
| 498 | <filename>someapp_&DISTRO;.bb</filename>. | ||
| 499 | This means the original recipe and append file names are version | ||
| 500 | number-specific. | ||
| 501 | If the corresponding recipe is renamed to update to a newer | ||
| 502 | version, the corresponding <filename>.bbappend</filename> file must | ||
| 503 | be renamed (and possibly updated) as well. | ||
| 504 | During the build process, BitBake displays an error on starting | ||
| 505 | if it detects a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file that does | ||
| 506 | not have a corresponding recipe with a matching name. | ||
| 507 | See the | ||
| 508 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY'><filename>BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY</filename></ulink> | ||
| 509 | variable for information on how to handle this error. | ||
| 510 | </para> | ||
| 511 | |||
| 512 | <para> | ||
| 513 | Being able to append information to an existing recipe not only | ||
| 514 | avoids duplication, but also automatically applies recipe | ||
| 515 | changes in a different layer to your layer. | ||
| 516 | If you were copying recipes, you would have to manually merge | ||
| 517 | changes as they occur. | ||
| 518 | </para> | ||
| 519 | |||
| 520 | <para> | ||
| 521 | As an example, consider the main formfactor recipe and a | ||
| 522 | corresponding formfactor append file both from the | ||
| 523 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
| 524 | Here is the main formfactor recipe, which is named | ||
| 525 | <filename>formfactor_0.0.bb</filename> and located in the | ||
| 526 | "meta" layer at | ||
| 527 | <filename>meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor</filename>: | ||
| 528 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 529 | DESCRIPTION = "Device formfactor information" | ||
| 530 | SECTION = "base" | ||
| 531 | LICENSE = "MIT" | ||
| 532 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${COREBASE}/LICENSE;md5=3f40d7994397109285ec7b81fdeb3b58 \ | ||
| 533 | file://${COREBASE}/meta/COPYING.MIT;md5=3da9cfbcb788c80a0384361b4de20420" | ||
| 534 | PR = "r41" | ||
| 535 | |||
| 536 | SRC_URI = "file://config file://machconfig" | ||
| 537 | S = "${WORKDIR}" | ||
| 538 | |||
| 539 | PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" | ||
| 540 | INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS = "1" | ||
| 541 | |||
| 542 | do_install() { | ||
| 543 | # Only install file if it has a contents | ||
| 544 | install -d ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/ | ||
| 545 | install -m 0644 ${S}/config ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/ | ||
| 546 | if [ -s "${S}/machconfig" ]; then | ||
| 547 | install -m 0644 ${S}/machconfig ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/ | ||
| 548 | fi | ||
| 549 | } | ||
| 550 | </literallayout> | ||
| 551 | In the main recipe, note the | ||
| 552 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
| 553 | variable, which tells the OpenEmbedded build system where to | ||
| 554 | find files during the build. | ||
| 555 | </para> | ||
| 556 | |||
| 557 | <para> | ||
| 558 | Following is the append file, which is named | ||
| 559 | <filename>formfactor_0.0.bbappend</filename> and is from the | ||
| 560 | Crown Bay BSP Layer named | ||
| 561 | <filename>meta-intel/meta-crownbay</filename>. | ||
| 562 | The file is in <filename>recipes-bsp/formfactor</filename>: | ||
| 563 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 564 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" | ||
| 565 | </literallayout> | ||
| 566 | </para> | ||
| 567 | |||
| 568 | <para> | ||
| 569 | By default, the build system uses the | ||
| 570 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></ulink> | ||
| 571 | variable to locate files. | ||
| 572 | This append file extends the locations by setting the | ||
| 573 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESEXTRAPATHS'><filename>FILESEXTRAPATHS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 574 | variable. | ||
| 575 | Setting this variable in the <filename>.bbappend</filename> | ||
| 576 | file is the most reliable and recommended method for adding | ||
| 577 | directories to the search path used by the build system | ||
| 578 | to find files. | ||
| 579 | </para> | ||
| 580 | |||
| 581 | <para> | ||
| 582 | The statement in this example extends the directories to include | ||
| 583 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-THISDIR'><filename>THISDIR</filename></ulink><filename>}/${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>, | ||
| 584 | which resolves to a directory named | ||
| 585 | <filename>formfactor</filename> in the same directory | ||
| 586 | in which the append file resides (i.e. | ||
| 587 | <filename>meta-intel/meta-crownbay/recipes-bsp/formfactor/formfactor</filename>. | ||
| 588 | This implies that you must have the supporting directory | ||
| 589 | structure set up that will contain any files or patches you | ||
| 590 | will be including from the layer. | ||
| 591 | </para> | ||
| 592 | |||
| 593 | <para> | ||
| 594 | Using the immediate expansion assignment operator | ||
| 595 | <filename>:=</filename> is important because of the reference to | ||
| 596 | <filename>THISDIR</filename>. | ||
| 597 | The trailing colon character is important as it ensures that | ||
| 598 | items in the list remain colon-separated. | ||
| 599 | <note><para>BitBake automatically defines the | ||
| 600 | <filename>THISDIR</filename> variable. | ||
| 601 | You should never set this variable yourself. | ||
| 602 | Using <filename>_prepend</filename> ensures your path will | ||
| 603 | be searched prior to other paths in the final list.</para> | ||
| 604 | <para>Also, not all append files add extra files. | ||
| 605 | Many append files simply exist to add build options | ||
| 606 | (e.g. <filename>systemd</filename>). | ||
| 607 | For these cases, it is not necessary to use the | ||
| 608 | "_prepend" part of the statement.</para> | ||
| 609 | </note> | ||
| 610 | </para> | ||
| 611 | </section> | ||
| 612 | |||
| 613 | <section id='prioritizing-your-layer'> | ||
| 614 | <title>Prioritizing Your Layer</title> | ||
| 615 | |||
| 616 | <para> | ||
| 617 | Each layer is assigned a priority value. | ||
| 618 | Priority values control which layer takes precedence if there | ||
| 619 | are recipe files with the same name in multiple layers. | ||
| 620 | For these cases, the recipe file from the layer with a higher | ||
| 621 | priority number takes precedence. | ||
| 622 | Priority values also affect the order in which multiple | ||
| 623 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files for the same recipe are | ||
| 624 | applied. | ||
| 625 | You can either specify the priority manually, or allow the | ||
| 626 | build system to calculate it based on the layer's dependencies. | ||
| 627 | </para> | ||
| 628 | |||
| 629 | <para> | ||
| 630 | To specify the layer's priority manually, use the | ||
| 631 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_PRIORITY'><filename>BBFILE_PRIORITY</filename></ulink> | ||
| 632 | variable. | ||
| 633 | For example: | ||
| 634 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 635 | BBFILE_PRIORITY_mylayer = "1" | ||
| 636 | </literallayout> | ||
| 637 | </para> | ||
| 638 | |||
| 639 | <note> | ||
| 640 | <para>It is possible for a recipe with a lower version number | ||
| 641 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink> | ||
| 642 | in a layer that has a higher priority to take precedence.</para> | ||
| 643 | <para>Also, the layer priority does not currently affect the | ||
| 644 | precedence order of <filename>.conf</filename> | ||
| 645 | or <filename>.bbclass</filename> files. | ||
| 646 | Future versions of BitBake might address this.</para> | ||
| 647 | </note> | ||
| 648 | </section> | ||
| 649 | |||
| 650 | <section id='managing-layers'> | ||
| 651 | <title>Managing Layers</title> | ||
| 652 | |||
| 653 | <para> | ||
| 654 | You can use the BitBake layer management tool to provide a view | ||
| 655 | into the structure of recipes across a multi-layer project. | ||
| 656 | Being able to generate output that reports on configured layers | ||
| 657 | with their paths and priorities and on | ||
| 658 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files and their applicable | ||
| 659 | recipes can help to reveal potential problems. | ||
| 660 | </para> | ||
| 661 | |||
| 662 | <para> | ||
| 663 | Use the following form when running the layer management tool. | ||
| 664 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 665 | $ bitbake-layers <command> [arguments] | ||
| 666 | </literallayout> | ||
| 667 | The following list describes the available commands: | ||
| 668 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 669 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>help:</emphasis></filename> | ||
| 670 | Displays general help or help on a specified command. | ||
| 671 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 672 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-layers:</emphasis></filename> | ||
| 673 | Shows the current configured layers. | ||
| 674 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 675 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-recipes:</emphasis></filename> | ||
| 676 | Lists available recipes and the layers that provide them. | ||
| 677 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 678 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-overlayed:</emphasis></filename> | ||
| 679 | Lists overlayed recipes. | ||
| 680 | A recipe is overlayed when a recipe with the same name | ||
| 681 | exists in another layer that has a higher layer | ||
| 682 | priority. | ||
| 683 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 684 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-appends:</emphasis></filename> | ||
| 685 | Lists <filename>.bbappend</filename> files and the | ||
| 686 | recipe files to which they apply. | ||
| 687 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 688 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-cross-depends:</emphasis></filename> | ||
| 689 | Lists dependency relationships between recipes that | ||
| 690 | cross layer boundaries. | ||
| 691 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 692 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>flatten:</emphasis></filename> | ||
| 693 | Flattens the layer configuration into a separate output | ||
| 694 | directory. | ||
| 695 | Flattening your layer configuration builds a "flattened" | ||
| 696 | directory that contains the contents of all layers, | ||
| 697 | with any overlayed recipes removed and any | ||
| 698 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files appended to the | ||
| 699 | corresponding recipes. | ||
| 700 | You might have to perform some manual cleanup of the | ||
| 701 | flattened layer as follows: | ||
| 702 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 703 | <listitem><para>Non-recipe files (such as patches) | ||
| 704 | are overwritten. | ||
| 705 | The flatten command shows a warning for these | ||
| 706 | files. | ||
| 707 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 708 | <listitem><para>Anything beyond the normal layer | ||
| 709 | setup has been added to the | ||
| 710 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> file. | ||
| 711 | Only the lowest priority layer's | ||
| 712 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> is used. | ||
| 713 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 714 | <listitem><para>Overridden and appended items from | ||
| 715 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files need to be | ||
| 716 | cleaned up. | ||
| 717 | The contents of each | ||
| 718 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> end up in the | ||
| 719 | flattened recipe. | ||
| 720 | However, if there are appended or changed | ||
| 721 | variable values, you need to tidy these up | ||
| 722 | yourself. | ||
| 723 | Consider the following example. | ||
| 724 | Here, the <filename>bitbake-layers</filename> | ||
| 725 | command adds the line | ||
| 726 | <filename>#### bbappended ...</filename> so that | ||
| 727 | you know where the following lines originate: | ||
| 728 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 729 | ... | ||
| 730 | DESCRIPTION = "A useful utility" | ||
| 731 | ... | ||
| 732 | EXTRA_OECONF = "--enable-something" | ||
| 733 | ... | ||
| 734 | |||
| 735 | #### bbappended from meta-anotherlayer #### | ||
| 736 | |||
| 737 | DESCRIPTION = "Customized utility" | ||
| 738 | EXTRA_OECONF += "--enable-somethingelse" | ||
| 739 | </literallayout> | ||
| 740 | Ideally, you would tidy up these utilities as | ||
| 741 | follows: | ||
| 742 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 743 | ... | ||
| 744 | DESCRIPTION = "Customized utility" | ||
| 745 | ... | ||
| 746 | EXTRA_OECONF = "--enable-something --enable-somethingelse" | ||
| 747 | ... | ||
| 748 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 749 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
| 750 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 751 | </para> | ||
| 752 | </section> | ||
| 753 | |||
| 754 | <section id='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'> | ||
| 755 | <title>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</title> | ||
| 756 | |||
| 757 | <para> | ||
| 758 | The <filename>yocto-layer</filename> script simplifies | ||
| 759 | creating a new general layer. | ||
| 760 | <note> | ||
| 761 | For information on BSP layers, see the | ||
| 762 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>" | ||
| 763 | section in the Yocto Project Board Specific (BSP) | ||
| 764 | Developer's Guide. | ||
| 765 | </note> | ||
| 766 | The default mode of the script's operation is to prompt you for | ||
| 767 | information needed to generate the layer: | ||
| 768 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 769 | <listitem><para>The layer priority | ||
| 770 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 771 | <listitem><para>Whether or not to create a sample recipe. | ||
| 772 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 773 | <listitem><para>Whether or not to create a sample | ||
| 774 | append file. | ||
| 775 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 776 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 777 | </para> | ||
| 778 | |||
| 779 | <para> | ||
| 780 | Use the <filename>yocto-layer create</filename> sub-command | ||
| 781 | to create a new general layer. | ||
| 782 | In its simplest form, you can create a layer as follows: | ||
| 783 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 784 | $ yocto-layer create mylayer | ||
| 785 | </literallayout> | ||
| 786 | The previous example creates a layer named | ||
| 787 | <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> in the current directory. | ||
| 788 | </para> | ||
| 789 | |||
| 790 | <para> | ||
| 791 | As the <filename>yocto-layer create</filename> command runs, | ||
| 792 | default values for the prompts appear in brackets. | ||
| 793 | Pressing enter without supplying anything for the prompts | ||
| 794 | or pressing enter and providing an invalid response causes the | ||
| 795 | script to accept the default value. | ||
| 796 | Once the script completes, the new layer | ||
| 797 | is created in the current working directory. | ||
| 798 | The script names the layer by prepending | ||
| 799 | <filename>meta-</filename> to the name you provide. | ||
| 800 | </para> | ||
| 801 | |||
| 802 | <para> | ||
| 803 | Minimally, the script creates the following within the layer: | ||
| 804 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 805 | <listitem><para><emphasis>The <filename>conf</filename> | ||
| 806 | directory:</emphasis> | ||
| 807 | This directory contains the layer's configuration file. | ||
| 808 | The root name for the file is the same as the root name | ||
| 809 | your provided for the layer (e.g. | ||
| 810 | <filename><layer>.conf</filename>). | ||
| 811 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 812 | <listitem><para><emphasis>The | ||
| 813 | <filename>COPYING.MIT</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 814 | The copyright and use notice for the software. | ||
| 815 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 816 | <listitem><para><emphasis>The <filename>README</filename> | ||
| 817 | file:</emphasis> | ||
| 818 | A file describing the contents of your new layer. | ||
| 819 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 820 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 821 | </para> | ||
| 822 | |||
| 823 | <para> | ||
| 824 | If you choose to generate a sample recipe file, the script | ||
| 825 | prompts you for the name for the recipe and then creates it | ||
| 826 | in <filename><layer>/recipes-example/example/</filename>. | ||
| 827 | The script creates a <filename>.bb</filename> file and a | ||
| 828 | directory, which contains a sample | ||
| 829 | <filename>helloworld.c</filename> source file and along with | ||
| 830 | a sample patch file. | ||
| 831 | If you do not provide a recipe name, the script uses | ||
| 832 | "example". | ||
| 833 | </para> | ||
| 834 | |||
| 835 | <para> | ||
| 836 | If you choose to generate a sample append file, the script | ||
| 837 | prompts you for the name for the file and then creates it | ||
| 838 | in <filename><layer>/recipes-example-bbappend/example-bbappend/</filename>. | ||
| 839 | The script creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file and a | ||
| 840 | directory, which contains a sample patch file. | ||
| 841 | If you do not provide a recipe name, the script uses | ||
| 842 | "example". | ||
| 843 | The script also prompts you for the version of the append file. | ||
| 844 | The version should match the recipe to which the append file | ||
| 845 | is associated. | ||
| 846 | </para> | ||
| 847 | |||
| 848 | <para> | ||
| 849 | The easiest way to see how the <filename>yocto-layer</filename> | ||
| 850 | script works is to experiment with the script. | ||
| 851 | You can also read the usage information by entering the | ||
| 852 | following: | ||
| 853 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 854 | $ yocto-layer help | ||
| 855 | </literallayout> | ||
| 856 | </para> | ||
| 857 | |||
| 858 | <para> | ||
| 859 | Once you create your general layer, you must add it to your | ||
| 860 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file. | ||
| 861 | Here is an example where a layer named | ||
| 862 | <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> is added: | ||
| 863 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 864 | BBLAYERS = ?" \ | ||
| 865 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta \ | ||
| 866 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto \ | ||
| 867 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
| 868 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-mylayer \ | ||
| 869 | " | ||
| 870 | |||
| 871 | BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ | ||
| 872 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta \ | ||
| 873 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto \ | ||
| 874 | " | ||
| 875 | </literallayout> | ||
| 876 | Adding the layer to this file enables the build system to | ||
| 877 | locate the layer during the build. | ||
| 878 | </para> | ||
| 879 | </section> | ||
| 880 | </section> | ||
| 881 | |||
| 882 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage'> | ||
| 883 | <title>Customizing Images</title> | ||
| 884 | |||
| 885 | <para> | ||
| 886 | You can customize images to satisfy particular requirements. | ||
| 887 | This section describes several methods and provides guidelines for each. | ||
| 888 | </para> | ||
| 889 | |||
| 890 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-custombb'> | ||
| 891 | <title>Customizing Images Using Custom .bb Files</title> | ||
| 892 | |||
| 893 | <para> | ||
| 894 | One way to get additional software into an image is to create a custom image. | ||
| 895 | The following example shows the form for the two lines you need: | ||
| 896 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 897 | IMAGE_INSTALL = "packagegroup-core-x11-base package1 package2" | ||
| 898 | |||
| 899 | inherit core-image | ||
| 900 | </literallayout> | ||
| 901 | </para> | ||
| 902 | |||
| 903 | <para> | ||
| 904 | By creating a custom image, a developer has total control | ||
| 905 | over the contents of the image. | ||
| 906 | It is important to use the correct names of packages in the | ||
| 907 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'>IMAGE_INSTALL</ulink></filename> | ||
| 908 | variable. | ||
| 909 | You must use the OpenEmbedded notation and not the Debian notation for the names | ||
| 910 | (e.g. <filename>eglibc-dev</filename> instead of <filename>libc6-dev</filename>). | ||
| 911 | </para> | ||
| 912 | |||
| 913 | <para> | ||
| 914 | The other method for creating a custom image is to base it on an existing image. | ||
| 915 | For example, if you want to create an image based on <filename>core-image-sato</filename> | ||
| 916 | but add the additional package <filename>strace</filename> to the image, | ||
| 917 | copy the <filename>meta/recipes-sato/images/core-image-sato.bb</filename> to a | ||
| 918 | new <filename>.bb</filename> and add the following line to the end of the copy: | ||
| 919 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 920 | IMAGE_INSTALL += "strace" | ||
| 921 | </literallayout> | ||
| 922 | </para> | ||
| 923 | </section> | ||
| 924 | |||
| 925 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-customtasks'> | ||
| 926 | <title>Customizing Images Using Custom Package Groups</title> | ||
| 927 | |||
| 928 | <para> | ||
| 929 | For complex custom images, the best approach is to create a | ||
| 930 | custom package group recipe that is used to build the image or | ||
| 931 | images. | ||
| 932 | A good example of a package group recipe is | ||
| 933 | <filename>meta/recipes-core/packagegroups/packagegroup-core-boot.bb</filename>. | ||
| 934 | The | ||
| 935 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'>PACKAGES</ulink></filename> | ||
| 936 | variable lists the package group packages you wish to produce. | ||
| 937 | <filename>inherit packagegroup</filename> sets appropriate | ||
| 938 | default values and automatically adds <filename>-dev</filename>, | ||
| 939 | <filename>-dbg</filename>, and <filename>-ptest</filename> | ||
| 940 | complementary packages for every package specified in | ||
| 941 | <filename>PACKAGES</filename>. | ||
| 942 | Note that the inherit line should be towards | ||
| 943 | the top of the recipe, certainly before you set | ||
| 944 | <filename>PACKAGES</filename>. | ||
| 945 | For each package you specify in <filename>PACKAGES</filename>, | ||
| 946 | you can use | ||
| 947 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'>RDEPENDS</ulink></filename> | ||
| 948 | and | ||
| 949 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RRECOMMENDS'>RRECOMMENDS</ulink></filename> | ||
| 950 | entries to provide a list of packages the parent task package | ||
| 951 | should contain. | ||
| 952 | Following is an example: | ||
| 953 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 954 | DESCRIPTION = "My Custom Package Groups" | ||
| 955 | |||
| 956 | inherit packagegroup | ||
| 957 | |||
| 958 | PACKAGES = "\ | ||
| 959 | packagegroup-custom-apps \ | ||
| 960 | packagegroup-custom-tools \ | ||
| 961 | " | ||
| 962 | |||
| 963 | RDEPENDS_packagegroup-custom-apps = "\ | ||
| 964 | dropbear \ | ||
| 965 | portmap \ | ||
| 966 | psplash" | ||
| 967 | |||
| 968 | RDEPENDS_packagegroup-custom-tools = "\ | ||
| 969 | oprofile \ | ||
| 970 | oprofileui-server \ | ||
| 971 | lttng-control \ | ||
| 972 | lttng-viewer" | ||
| 973 | |||
| 974 | RRECOMMENDS_packagegroup-custom-tools = "\ | ||
| 975 | kernel-module-oprofile" | ||
| 976 | </literallayout> | ||
| 977 | </para> | ||
| 978 | |||
| 979 | <para> | ||
| 980 | In the previous example, two package group packages are created with their dependencies and their | ||
| 981 | recommended package dependencies listed: <filename>packagegroup-custom-apps</filename>, and | ||
| 982 | <filename>packagegroup-custom-tools</filename>. | ||
| 983 | To build an image using these package group packages, you need to add | ||
| 984 | <filename>packagegroup-custom-apps</filename> and/or | ||
| 985 | <filename>packagegroup-custom-tools</filename> to | ||
| 986 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'>IMAGE_INSTALL</ulink></filename>. | ||
| 987 | For other forms of image dependencies see the other areas of this section. | ||
| 988 | </para> | ||
| 989 | </section> | ||
| 990 | |||
| 991 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures'> | ||
| 992 | <title>Customizing Images Using Custom <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> and | ||
| 993 | <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></title> | ||
| 994 | |||
| 995 | <para> | ||
| 996 | You might want to customize your image by enabling or | ||
| 997 | disabling high-level image features by using the | ||
| 998 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 999 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 1000 | variables. | ||
| 1001 | Although the functions for both variables are nearly equivalent, | ||
| 1002 | best practices dictate using <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> | ||
| 1003 | from within a recipe and using | ||
| 1004 | <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> from within | ||
| 1005 | your <filename>local.conf</filename> file, which is found in the | ||
| 1006 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
| 1007 | </para> | ||
| 1008 | |||
| 1009 | <para> | ||
| 1010 | To understand how these features work, the best reference is | ||
| 1011 | <filename>meta/classes/core-image.bbclass</filename>. | ||
| 1012 | In summary, the file looks at the contents of the | ||
| 1013 | <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable and then maps | ||
| 1014 | those contents into a set of package groups. | ||
| 1015 | Based on this information, the build system automatically | ||
| 1016 | adds the appropriate packages to the | ||
| 1017 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'><filename>IMAGE_INSTALL</filename></ulink> | ||
| 1018 | variable. | ||
| 1019 | Effectively, you are enabling extra features by extending the | ||
| 1020 | class or creating a custom class for use with specialized image | ||
| 1021 | <filename>.bb</filename> files. | ||
| 1022 | </para> | ||
| 1023 | |||
| 1024 | <para> | ||
| 1025 | Use the <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable | ||
| 1026 | from within your local configuration file. | ||
| 1027 | Using a separate area from which to enable features with | ||
| 1028 | this variable helps you avoid overwriting the features in the | ||
| 1029 | image recipe that are enabled with | ||
| 1030 | <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename>. | ||
| 1031 | The value of <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> is added | ||
| 1032 | to <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> within | ||
| 1033 | <filename>meta/conf/bitbake.conf</filename>. | ||
| 1034 | </para> | ||
| 1035 | |||
| 1036 | <para> | ||
| 1037 | To illustrate how you can use these variables to modify your | ||
| 1038 | image, consider an example that selects the SSH server. | ||
| 1039 | The Yocto Project ships with two SSH servers you can use | ||
| 1040 | with your images: Dropbear and OpenSSH. | ||
| 1041 | Dropbear is a minimal SSH server appropriate for | ||
| 1042 | resource-constrained environments, while OpenSSH is a | ||
| 1043 | well-known standard SSH server implementation. | ||
| 1044 | By default, the <filename>core-image-sato</filename> image | ||
| 1045 | is configured to use Dropbear. | ||
| 1046 | The <filename>core-image-basic</filename> and | ||
| 1047 | <filename>core-image-lsb</filename> images both | ||
| 1048 | include OpenSSH. | ||
| 1049 | The <filename>core-image-minimal</filename> image does not | ||
| 1050 | contain an SSH server. | ||
| 1051 | </para> | ||
| 1052 | |||
| 1053 | <para> | ||
| 1054 | You can customize your image and change these defaults. | ||
| 1055 | Edit the <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable | ||
| 1056 | in your recipe or use the | ||
| 1057 | <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> in your | ||
| 1058 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file so that it configures the | ||
| 1059 | image you are working with to include | ||
| 1060 | <filename>ssh-server-dropbear</filename> or | ||
| 1061 | <filename>ssh-server-openssh</filename>. | ||
| 1062 | </para> | ||
| 1063 | |||
| 1064 | <note> | ||
| 1065 | See the | ||
| 1066 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>" | ||
| 1067 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for a complete | ||
| 1068 | list of image features that ship with the Yocto Project. | ||
| 1069 | </note> | ||
| 1070 | </section> | ||
| 1071 | |||
| 1072 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-localconf'> | ||
| 1073 | <title>Customizing Images Using <filename>local.conf</filename></title> | ||
| 1074 | |||
| 1075 | <para> | ||
| 1076 | It is possible to customize image contents by using variables from your | ||
| 1077 | local configuration in your <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> file. | ||
| 1078 | Because it is limited to local use, this method generally only allows you to | ||
| 1079 | add packages and is not as flexible as creating your own customized image. | ||
| 1080 | When you add packages using local variables this way, you need to realize that | ||
| 1081 | these variable changes affect all images at the same time and might not be | ||
| 1082 | what you require. | ||
| 1083 | </para> | ||
| 1084 | |||
| 1085 | <para> | ||
| 1086 | The simplest way to add extra packages to all images is by using the | ||
| 1087 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'>IMAGE_INSTALL</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1088 | variable with the <filename>_append</filename> operator: | ||
| 1089 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1090 | IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " strace" | ||
| 1091 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1092 | Use of the syntax is important - specifically, the space between | ||
| 1093 | the quote and the package name, which is | ||
| 1094 | <filename>strace</filename> in this example. | ||
| 1095 | This space is required since the <filename>_append</filename> | ||
| 1096 | operator does not add the space. | ||
| 1097 | </para> | ||
| 1098 | |||
| 1099 | <para> | ||
| 1100 | Furthermore, you must use <filename>_append</filename> instead of the <filename>+=</filename> | ||
| 1101 | operator if you want to avoid ordering issues. | ||
| 1102 | The reason for this is because doing so unconditionally appends to the variable and | ||
| 1103 | avoids ordering problems due to the variable being set in image recipes and | ||
| 1104 | <filename>.bbclass</filename> files with operators like <filename>?=</filename>. | ||
| 1105 | Using <filename>_append</filename> ensures the operation takes affect. | ||
| 1106 | </para> | ||
| 1107 | |||
| 1108 | <para> | ||
| 1109 | As shown in its simplest use, <filename>IMAGE_INSTALL_append</filename> affects | ||
| 1110 | all images. | ||
| 1111 | It is possible to extend the syntax so that the variable applies to a specific image only. | ||
| 1112 | Here is an example: | ||
| 1113 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1114 | IMAGE_INSTALL_append_pn-core-image-minimal = " strace" | ||
| 1115 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1116 | This example adds <filename>strace</filename> to <filename>core-image-minimal</filename> | ||
| 1117 | only. | ||
| 1118 | </para> | ||
| 1119 | |||
| 1120 | <para> | ||
| 1121 | You can add packages using a similar approach through the | ||
| 1122 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL'>CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1123 | variable. | ||
| 1124 | If you use this variable, only <filename>core-image-*</filename> images are affected. | ||
| 1125 | </para> | ||
| 1126 | </section> | ||
| 1127 | </section> | ||
| 1128 | |||
| 1129 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg'> | ||
| 1130 | <title>Writing a Recipe to Add a Package to Your Image</title> | ||
| 1131 | |||
| 1132 | <para> | ||
| 1133 | Recipes add packages to your image. | ||
| 1134 | Writing a recipe means creating a <filename>.bb</filename> file that sets some | ||
| 1135 | variables. | ||
| 1136 | For information on variables that are useful for recipes and for information about recipe naming | ||
| 1137 | issues, see the | ||
| 1138 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-varlocality-recipe-required'>Required</ulink>" | ||
| 1139 | section of the Yocto Project Reference Manual. | ||
| 1140 | </para> | ||
| 1141 | |||
| 1142 | <para> | ||
| 1143 | Before writing a recipe from scratch, it is often useful to check | ||
| 1144 | whether someone else has written one already. | ||
| 1145 | OpenEmbedded is a good place to look as it has a wider scope and range of packages. | ||
| 1146 | Because the Yocto Project aims to be compatible with OpenEmbedded, most recipes | ||
| 1147 | you find there should work for you. | ||
| 1148 | </para> | ||
| 1149 | |||
| 1150 | <para> | ||
| 1151 | For new packages, the simplest way to add a recipe is to base it on a similar | ||
| 1152 | pre-existing recipe. | ||
| 1153 | The sections that follow provide some examples that show how to add standard | ||
| 1154 | types of packages. | ||
| 1155 | </para> | ||
| 1156 | |||
| 1157 | <note> | ||
| 1158 | <para>When writing shell functions, you need to be aware of BitBake's | ||
| 1159 | curly brace parsing. | ||
| 1160 | If a recipe uses a closing curly brace within the function and | ||
| 1161 | the character has no leading spaces, BitBake produces a parsing | ||
| 1162 | error. | ||
| 1163 | If you use a pair of curly brace in a shell function, the | ||
| 1164 | closing curly brace must not be located at the start of the line | ||
| 1165 | without leading spaces.</para> | ||
| 1166 | <para>Here is an example that causes BitBake to produce a parsing | ||
| 1167 | error: | ||
| 1168 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1169 | fakeroot create_shar() { | ||
| 1170 | cat << "EOF" > ${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.sh | ||
| 1171 | usage() | ||
| 1172 | { | ||
| 1173 | echo "test" | ||
| 1174 | ###### The following "}" at the start of the line causes a parsing error ###### | ||
| 1175 | } | ||
| 1176 | EOF | ||
| 1177 | } | ||
| 1178 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1179 | Writing the recipe this way avoids the error: | ||
| 1180 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1181 | fakeroot create_shar() { | ||
| 1182 | cat << "EOF" > ${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.sh | ||
| 1183 | usage() | ||
| 1184 | { | ||
| 1185 | echo "test" | ||
| 1186 | ######The following "}" with a leading space at the start of the line avoids the error ###### | ||
| 1187 | } | ||
| 1188 | EOF | ||
| 1189 | } | ||
| 1190 | </literallayout></para> | ||
| 1191 | </note> | ||
| 1192 | |||
| 1193 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg-singlec'> | ||
| 1194 | <title>Single .c File Package (Hello World!)</title> | ||
| 1195 | |||
| 1196 | <para> | ||
| 1197 | Building an application from a single file that is stored locally (e.g. under | ||
| 1198 | <filename>files/</filename>) requires a recipe that has the file listed in | ||
| 1199 | the | ||
| 1200 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1201 | variable. | ||
| 1202 | Additionally, you need to manually write the <filename>do_compile</filename> and | ||
| 1203 | <filename>do_install</filename> tasks. | ||
| 1204 | The <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'>S</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1205 | variable defines the | ||
| 1206 | directory containing the source code, which is set to | ||
| 1207 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'> | ||
| 1208 | WORKDIR</ulink></filename> in this case - the directory BitBake uses for the build. | ||
| 1209 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1210 | DESCRIPTION = "Simple helloworld application" | ||
| 1211 | SECTION = "examples" | ||
| 1212 | LICENSE = "MIT" | ||
| 1213 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${COMMON_LICENSE_DIR}/MIT;md5=0835ade698e0bcf8506ecda2f7b4f302" | ||
| 1214 | PR = "r0" | ||
| 1215 | |||
| 1216 | SRC_URI = "file://helloworld.c" | ||
| 1217 | |||
| 1218 | S = "${WORKDIR}" | ||
| 1219 | |||
| 1220 | do_compile() { | ||
| 1221 | ${CC} helloworld.c -o helloworld | ||
| 1222 | } | ||
| 1223 | |||
| 1224 | do_install() { | ||
| 1225 | install -d ${D}${bindir} | ||
| 1226 | install -m 0755 helloworld ${D}${bindir} | ||
| 1227 | } | ||
| 1228 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1229 | </para> | ||
| 1230 | |||
| 1231 | <para> | ||
| 1232 | By default, the <filename>helloworld</filename>, <filename>helloworld-dbg</filename>, | ||
| 1233 | and <filename>helloworld-dev</filename> packages are built. | ||
| 1234 | For information on how to customize the packaging process, see the | ||
| 1235 | "<link linkend='splitting-an-application-into-multiple-packages'>Splitting an Application | ||
| 1236 | into Multiple Packages</link>" section. | ||
| 1237 | </para> | ||
| 1238 | </section> | ||
| 1239 | |||
| 1240 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg-autotools'> | ||
| 1241 | <title>Autotooled Package</title> | ||
| 1242 | <para> | ||
| 1243 | Applications that use Autotools such as <filename>autoconf</filename> and | ||
| 1244 | <filename>automake</filename> require a recipe that has a source archive listed in | ||
| 1245 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename> and | ||
| 1246 | also inherits Autotools, which instructs BitBake to use the | ||
| 1247 | <filename>autotools.bbclass</filename> file, which contains the definitions of all the steps | ||
| 1248 | needed to build an Autotool-based application. | ||
| 1249 | The result of the build is automatically packaged. | ||
| 1250 | And, if the application uses NLS for localization, packages with local information are | ||
| 1251 | generated (one package per language). | ||
| 1252 | Following is one example: (<filename>hello_2.3.bb</filename>) | ||
| 1253 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1254 | DESCRIPTION = "GNU Helloworld application" | ||
| 1255 | SECTION = "examples" | ||
| 1256 | LICENSE = "GPLv2+" | ||
| 1257 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=751419260aa954499f7abaabaa882bbe" | ||
| 1258 | PR = "r0" | ||
| 1259 | |||
| 1260 | SRC_URI = "${GNU_MIRROR}/hello/hello-${PV}.tar.gz" | ||
| 1261 | |||
| 1262 | inherit autotools gettext | ||
| 1263 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1264 | </para> | ||
| 1265 | |||
| 1266 | <para> | ||
| 1267 | The variable | ||
| 1268 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1269 | is used to track source license changes as described in the | ||
| 1270 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#usingpoky-configuring-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'>Tracking License Changes</ulink>" section. | ||
| 1271 | You can quickly create Autotool-based recipes in a manner similar to the previous example. | ||
| 1272 | </para> | ||
| 1273 | </section> | ||
| 1274 | |||
| 1275 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg-makefile'> | ||
| 1276 | <title>Makefile-Based Package</title> | ||
| 1277 | |||
| 1278 | <para> | ||
| 1279 | Applications that use GNU <filename>make</filename> also require a recipe that has | ||
| 1280 | the source archive listed in | ||
| 1281 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename>. | ||
| 1282 | You do not need to add a <filename>do_compile</filename> step since by default BitBake | ||
| 1283 | starts the <filename>make</filename> command to compile the application. | ||
| 1284 | If you need additional <filename>make</filename> options, you should store them in the | ||
| 1285 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OEMAKE'>EXTRA_OEMAKE</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1286 | variable. | ||
| 1287 | BitBake passes these options into the <filename>make</filename> GNU invocation. | ||
| 1288 | Note that a <filename>do_install</filename> task is still required. | ||
| 1289 | Otherwise, BitBake runs an empty <filename>do_install</filename> task by default. | ||
| 1290 | </para> | ||
| 1291 | |||
| 1292 | <para> | ||
| 1293 | Some applications might require extra parameters to be passed to the compiler. | ||
| 1294 | For example, the application might need an additional header path. | ||
| 1295 | You can accomplish this by adding to the | ||
| 1296 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CFLAGS'>CFLAGS</ulink></filename> variable. | ||
| 1297 | The following example shows this: | ||
| 1298 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1299 | CFLAGS_prepend = "-I ${S}/include " | ||
| 1300 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1301 | </para> | ||
| 1302 | |||
| 1303 | <para> | ||
| 1304 | In the following example, <filename>mtd-utils</filename> is a makefile-based package: | ||
| 1305 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1306 | DESCRIPTION = "Tools for managing memory technology devices." | ||
| 1307 | SECTION = "base" | ||
| 1308 | DEPENDS = "zlib lzo e2fsprogs util-linux" | ||
| 1309 | HOMEPAGE = "http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/" | ||
| 1310 | LICENSE = "GPLv2+" | ||
| 1311 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=0636e73ff0215e8d672dc4c32c317bb3 \ | ||
| 1312 | file://include/common.h;beginline=1;endline=17;md5=ba05b07912a44ea2bf81ce409380049c" | ||
| 1313 | |||
| 1314 | SRC_URI = "git://git.infradead.org/mtd-utils.git;protocol=git;tag=995cfe51b0a3cf32f381c140bf72b21bf91cef1b \ | ||
| 1315 | file://add-exclusion-to-mkfs-jffs2-git-2.patch" | ||
| 1316 | |||
| 1317 | S = "${WORKDIR}/git/" | ||
| 1318 | |||
| 1319 | PR = "r1" | ||
| 1320 | |||
| 1321 | EXTRA_OEMAKE = "'CC=${CC}' 'RANLIB=${RANLIB}' 'AR=${AR}' \ | ||
| 1322 | 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} -I${S}/include -DWITHOUT_XATTR' 'BUILDDIR=${S}'" | ||
| 1323 | |||
| 1324 | do_install () { | ||
| 1325 | oe_runmake install DESTDIR=${D} SBINDIR=${sbindir} MANDIR=${mandir} \ | ||
| 1326 | INCLUDEDIR=${includedir} | ||
| 1327 | install -d ${D}${includedir}/mtd/ | ||
| 1328 | for f in ${S}/include/mtd/*.h; do | ||
| 1329 | install -m 0644 $f ${D}${includedir}/mtd/ | ||
| 1330 | done | ||
| 1331 | } | ||
| 1332 | |||
| 1333 | PARALLEL_MAKE = "" | ||
| 1334 | |||
| 1335 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "native" | ||
| 1336 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1337 | </para> | ||
| 1338 | |||
| 1339 | <para> | ||
| 1340 | If your sources are available as a tarball instead of a Git repository, you | ||
| 1341 | will need to provide the URL to the tarball as well as an | ||
| 1342 | <filename>md5</filename> or <filename>sha256</filename> sum of | ||
| 1343 | the download. | ||
| 1344 | Here is an example: | ||
| 1345 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1346 | SRC_URI="ftp://ftp.infradead.org/pub/mtd-utils/mtd-utils-1.4.9.tar.bz2" | ||
| 1347 | SRC_URI[md5sum]="82b8e714b90674896570968f70ca778b" | ||
| 1348 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1349 | You can generate the <filename>md5</filename> or <filename>sha256</filename> sums | ||
| 1350 | by using the <filename>md5sum</filename> or <filename>sha256sum</filename> commands | ||
| 1351 | with the target file as the only argument. | ||
| 1352 | Here is an example: | ||
| 1353 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1354 | $ md5sum mtd-utils-1.4.9.tar.bz2 | ||
| 1355 | 82b8e714b90674896570968f70ca778b mtd-utils-1.4.9.tar.bz2 | ||
| 1356 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1357 | </para> | ||
| 1358 | </section> | ||
| 1359 | |||
| 1360 | <section id='splitting-an-application-into-multiple-packages'> | ||
| 1361 | <title>Splitting an Application into Multiple Packages</title> | ||
| 1362 | |||
| 1363 | <para> | ||
| 1364 | You can use the variables | ||
| 1365 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'>PACKAGES</ulink></filename> and | ||
| 1366 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILES'>FILES</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1367 | to split an application into multiple packages. | ||
| 1368 | </para> | ||
| 1369 | |||
| 1370 | <para> | ||
| 1371 | Following is an example that uses the <filename>libXpm</filename> recipe. | ||
| 1372 | By default, this recipe generates a single package that contains the library along | ||
| 1373 | with a few binaries. | ||
| 1374 | You can modify the recipe to split the binaries into separate packages: | ||
| 1375 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1376 | require xorg-lib-common.inc | ||
| 1377 | |||
| 1378 | DESCRIPTION = "X11 Pixmap library" | ||
| 1379 | LICENSE = "X-BSD" | ||
| 1380 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=3e07763d16963c3af12db271a31abaa5" | ||
| 1381 | DEPENDS += "libxext libsm libxt" | ||
| 1382 | PR = "r3" | ||
| 1383 | PE = "1" | ||
| 1384 | |||
| 1385 | XORG_PN = "libXpm" | ||
| 1386 | |||
| 1387 | PACKAGES =+ "sxpm cxpm" | ||
| 1388 | FILES_cxpm = "${bindir}/cxpm" | ||
| 1389 | FILES_sxpm = "${bindir}/sxpm" | ||
| 1390 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1391 | </para> | ||
| 1392 | |||
| 1393 | <para> | ||
| 1394 | In the previous example, we want to ship the <filename>sxpm</filename> | ||
| 1395 | and <filename>cxpm</filename> binaries in separate packages. | ||
| 1396 | Since <filename>bindir</filename> would be packaged into the main | ||
| 1397 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'>PN</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1398 | package by default, we prepend the <filename>PACKAGES</filename> | ||
| 1399 | variable so additional package names are added to the start of list. | ||
| 1400 | This results in the extra <filename>FILES_*</filename> | ||
| 1401 | variables then containing information that define which files and | ||
| 1402 | directories go into which packages. | ||
| 1403 | Files included by earlier packages are skipped by latter packages. | ||
| 1404 | Thus, the main <filename>PN</filename> package | ||
| 1405 | does not include the above listed files. | ||
| 1406 | </para> | ||
| 1407 | </section> | ||
| 1408 | |||
| 1409 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg-postinstalls'> | ||
| 1410 | <title>Post-Installation Scripts</title> | ||
| 1411 | |||
| 1412 | <para> | ||
| 1413 | To add a post-installation script to a package, add a | ||
| 1414 | <filename>pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME()</filename> function to the | ||
| 1415 | <filename>.bb</filename> file and use | ||
| 1416 | <filename>PACKAGENAME</filename> as the name of the package you want to attach to the | ||
| 1417 | <filename>postinst</filename> script. | ||
| 1418 | Normally, | ||
| 1419 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'>PN</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1420 | can be used, which automatically expands to <filename>PACKAGENAME</filename>. | ||
| 1421 | A post-installation function has the following structure: | ||
| 1422 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1423 | pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME () { | ||
| 1424 | #!/bin/sh -e | ||
| 1425 | # Commands to carry out | ||
| 1426 | } | ||
| 1427 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1428 | </para> | ||
| 1429 | |||
| 1430 | <para> | ||
| 1431 | The script defined in the post-installation function is called when the | ||
| 1432 | root filesystem is created. | ||
| 1433 | If the script succeeds, the package is marked as installed. | ||
| 1434 | If the script fails, the package is marked as unpacked and the script is | ||
| 1435 | executed when the image boots again. | ||
| 1436 | </para> | ||
| 1437 | |||
| 1438 | <para> | ||
| 1439 | Sometimes it is necessary for the execution of a post-installation | ||
| 1440 | script to be delayed until the first boot. | ||
| 1441 | For example, the script might need to be executed on the device itself. | ||
| 1442 | To delay script execution until boot time, use the following structure in the | ||
| 1443 | post-installation script: | ||
| 1444 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1445 | pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME () { | ||
| 1446 | #!/bin/sh -e | ||
| 1447 | if [ x"$D" = "x" ]; then | ||
| 1448 | # Actions to carry out on the device go here | ||
| 1449 | else | ||
| 1450 | exit 1 | ||
| 1451 | fi | ||
| 1452 | } | ||
| 1453 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1454 | </para> | ||
| 1455 | |||
| 1456 | <para> | ||
| 1457 | The previous example delays execution until the image boots again because the | ||
| 1458 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'>D</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1459 | variable points | ||
| 1460 | to the directory containing the image when the root filesystem is created at build time but | ||
| 1461 | is unset when executed on the first boot. | ||
| 1462 | </para> | ||
| 1463 | </section> | ||
| 1464 | </section> | ||
| 1465 | |||
| 1466 | <section id="platdev-newmachine"> | ||
| 1467 | <title>Adding a New Machine</title> | ||
| 1468 | |||
| 1469 | <para> | ||
| 1470 | Adding a new machine to the Yocto Project is a straightforward process. | ||
| 1471 | This section provides information that gives you an idea of the changes you must make. | ||
| 1472 | The information covers adding machines similar to those the Yocto Project already supports. | ||
| 1473 | Although well within the capabilities of the Yocto Project, adding a totally new architecture | ||
| 1474 | might require | ||
| 1475 | changes to <filename>gcc/eglibc</filename> and to the site information, which is | ||
| 1476 | beyond the scope of this manual. | ||
| 1477 | </para> | ||
| 1478 | |||
| 1479 | <para> | ||
| 1480 | For a complete example that shows how to add a new machine, | ||
| 1481 | see the | ||
| 1482 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'>Creating a New BSP Layer Using the yocto-bsp Script</ulink>" | ||
| 1483 | in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide. | ||
| 1484 | </para> | ||
| 1485 | |||
| 1486 | <section id="platdev-newmachine-conffile"> | ||
| 1487 | <title>Adding the Machine Configuration File</title> | ||
| 1488 | |||
| 1489 | <para> | ||
| 1490 | To add a machine configuration, you need to add a <filename>.conf</filename> file | ||
| 1491 | with details of the device being added to the <filename>conf/machine/</filename> file. | ||
| 1492 | The name of the file determines the name the OpenEmbedded build system | ||
| 1493 | uses to reference the new machine. | ||
| 1494 | </para> | ||
| 1495 | |||
| 1496 | <para> | ||
| 1497 | The most important variables to set in this file are as follows: | ||
| 1498 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 1499 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TARGET_ARCH'>TARGET_ARCH</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1500 | (e.g. "arm")</para></listitem> | ||
| 1501 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PREFERRED_PROVIDER'>PREFERRED_PROVIDER</ulink>_virtual/kernel</filename> | ||
| 1502 | (see below)</para></listitem> | ||
| 1503 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE_FEATURES'>MACHINE_FEATURES</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1504 | (e.g. "apm screen wifi")</para></listitem> | ||
| 1505 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 1506 | </para> | ||
| 1507 | |||
| 1508 | <para> | ||
| 1509 | You might also need these variables: | ||
| 1510 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 1511 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SERIAL_CONSOLES'>SERIAL_CONSOLES</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1512 | (e.g. "115200 ttyS0")</para></listitem> | ||
| 1513 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-KERNEL_IMAGETYPE'>KERNEL_IMAGETYPE</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1514 | (e.g. "zImage")</para></listitem> | ||
| 1515 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FSTYPES'>IMAGE_FSTYPES</ulink></filename> | ||
| 1516 | (e.g. "tar.gz jffs2")</para></listitem> | ||
| 1517 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 1518 | </para> | ||
| 1519 | |||
| 1520 | <para> | ||
| 1521 | You can find full details on these variables in the reference section. | ||
| 1522 | You can leverage many existing machine <filename>.conf</filename> files from | ||
| 1523 | <filename>meta/conf/machine/</filename>. | ||
| 1524 | </para> | ||
| 1525 | </section> | ||
| 1526 | |||
| 1527 | <section id="platdev-newmachine-kernel"> | ||
| 1528 | <title>Adding a Kernel for the Machine</title> | ||
| 1529 | |||
| 1530 | <para> | ||
| 1531 | The OpenEmbedded build system needs to be able to build a kernel for the machine. | ||
| 1532 | You need to either create a new kernel recipe for this machine, or extend an | ||
| 1533 | existing recipe. | ||
| 1534 | You can find several kernel examples in the | ||
| 1535 | Source Directory at <filename>meta/recipes-kernel/linux</filename> | ||
| 1536 | that you can use as references. | ||
| 1537 | </para> | ||
| 1538 | |||
| 1539 | <para> | ||
| 1540 | If you are creating a new recipe, normal recipe-writing rules apply for setting | ||
| 1541 | up a | ||
| 1542 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename>. | ||
| 1543 | Thus, you need to specify any necessary patches and set | ||
| 1544 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'>S</ulink></filename> to point at the source code. | ||
| 1545 | You need to create a <filename>configure</filename> task that configures the | ||
| 1546 | unpacked kernel with a defconfig. | ||
| 1547 | You can do this by using a <filename>make defconfig</filename> command or, | ||
| 1548 | more commonly, by copying in a suitable <filename>defconfig</filename> file and and then running | ||
| 1549 | <filename>make oldconfig</filename>. | ||
| 1550 | By making use of <filename>inherit kernel</filename> and potentially some of the | ||
| 1551 | <filename>linux-*.inc</filename> files, most other functionality is | ||
| 1552 | centralized and the the defaults of the class normally work well. | ||
| 1553 | </para> | ||
| 1554 | |||
| 1555 | <para> | ||
| 1556 | If you are extending an existing kernel, it is usually a matter of adding a | ||
| 1557 | suitable defconfig file. | ||
| 1558 | The file needs to be added into a location similar to defconfig files | ||
| 1559 | used for other machines in a given kernel. | ||
| 1560 | A possible way to do this is by listing the file in the | ||
| 1561 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> and adding the machine to the expression in | ||
| 1562 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-COMPATIBLE_MACHINE'>COMPATIBLE_MACHINE</ulink></filename>: | ||
| 1563 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1564 | COMPATIBLE_MACHINE = '(qemux86|qemumips)' | ||
| 1565 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1566 | </para> | ||
| 1567 | </section> | ||
| 1568 | |||
| 1569 | <section id="platdev-newmachine-formfactor"> | ||
| 1570 | <title>Adding a Formfactor Configuration File</title> | ||
| 1571 | |||
| 1572 | <para> | ||
| 1573 | A formfactor configuration file provides information about the | ||
| 1574 | target hardware for which the image is being built and information that | ||
| 1575 | the build system cannot obtain from other sources such as the kernel. | ||
| 1576 | Some examples of information contained in a formfactor configuration file include | ||
| 1577 | framebuffer orientation, whether or not the system has a keyboard, | ||
| 1578 | the positioning of the keyboard in relation to the screen, and | ||
| 1579 | the screen resolution. | ||
| 1580 | </para> | ||
| 1581 | |||
| 1582 | <para> | ||
| 1583 | The build system uses reasonable defaults in most cases. | ||
| 1584 | However, if customization is | ||
| 1585 | necessary, you need to create a <filename>machconfig</filename> file | ||
| 1586 | in the <filename>meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor/files</filename> | ||
| 1587 | directory. | ||
| 1588 | This directory contains directories for specific machines such as | ||
| 1589 | <filename>qemuarm</filename> and <filename>qemux86</filename>. | ||
| 1590 | For information about the settings available and the defaults, see the | ||
| 1591 | <filename>meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor/files/config</filename> file found in the | ||
| 1592 | same area. | ||
| 1593 | </para> | ||
| 1594 | |||
| 1595 | <para> | ||
| 1596 | Following is an example for qemuarm: | ||
| 1597 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1598 | HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN=1 | ||
| 1599 | HAVE_KEYBOARD=1 | ||
| 1600 | |||
| 1601 | DISPLAY_CAN_ROTATE=0 | ||
| 1602 | DISPLAY_ORIENTATION=0 | ||
| 1603 | #DISPLAY_WIDTH_PIXELS=640 | ||
| 1604 | #DISPLAY_HEIGHT_PIXELS=480 | ||
| 1605 | #DISPLAY_BPP=16 | ||
| 1606 | DISPLAY_DPI=150 | ||
| 1607 | DISPLAY_SUBPIXEL_ORDER=vrgb | ||
| 1608 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1609 | </para> | ||
| 1610 | </section> | ||
| 1611 | </section> | ||
| 1612 | |||
| 1613 | <section id="platdev-working-with-libraries"> | ||
| 1614 | <title>Working With Libraries</title> | ||
| 1615 | |||
| 1616 | <para> | ||
| 1617 | Libraries are an integral part of your system. | ||
| 1618 | This section describes some common practices you might find | ||
| 1619 | helpful when working with libraries to build your system: | ||
| 1620 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 1621 | <listitem><para><link linkend='including-static-library-files'>How to include static library files</link> | ||
| 1622 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 1623 | <listitem><para><link linkend='combining-multiple-versions-library-files-into-one-image'>How to use the Multilib feature to combine multiple versions of library files into a single image</link> | ||
| 1624 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 1625 | <listitem><para><link linkend='installing-multiple-versions-of-the-same-library'>How to install multiple versions of the same library in parallel on the same system</link> | ||
| 1626 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 1627 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 1628 | </para> | ||
| 1629 | |||
| 1630 | <section id='including-static-library-files'> | ||
| 1631 | <title>Including Static Library Files</title> | ||
| 1632 | |||
| 1633 | <para> | ||
| 1634 | If you are building a library and the library offers static linking, you can control | ||
| 1635 | which static library files (<filename>*.a</filename> files) get included in the | ||
| 1636 | built library. | ||
| 1637 | </para> | ||
| 1638 | |||
| 1639 | <para> | ||
| 1640 | The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 1641 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILES'><filename>FILES_*</filename></ulink> | ||
| 1642 | variables in the | ||
| 1643 | <filename>meta/conf/bitbake.conf</filename> configuration file define how files installed | ||
| 1644 | by the <filename>do_install</filename> task are packaged. | ||
| 1645 | By default, the <filename>PACKAGES</filename> variable contains | ||
| 1646 | <filename>${PN}-staticdev</filename>, which includes all static library files. | ||
| 1647 | <note> | ||
| 1648 | Some previously released versions of the Yocto Project | ||
| 1649 | defined the static library files through | ||
| 1650 | <filename>${PN}-dev</filename>. | ||
| 1651 | </note> | ||
| 1652 | Following, is part of the BitBake configuration file. | ||
| 1653 | You can see where the static library files are defined: | ||
| 1654 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1655 | PACKAGES = "${PN}-dbg ${PN} ${PN}-doc ${PN}-dev ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-locale" | ||
| 1656 | PACKAGES_DYNAMIC = "${PN}-locale-*" | ||
| 1657 | FILES = "" | ||
| 1658 | |||
| 1659 | FILES_${PN} = "${bindir}/* ${sbindir}/* ${libexecdir}/* ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBS} \ | ||
| 1660 | ${sysconfdir} ${sharedstatedir} ${localstatedir} \ | ||
| 1661 | ${base_bindir}/* ${base_sbindir}/* \ | ||
| 1662 | ${base_libdir}/*${SOLIBS} \ | ||
| 1663 | ${datadir}/${BPN} ${libdir}/${BPN}/* \ | ||
| 1664 | ${datadir}/pixmaps ${datadir}/applications \ | ||
| 1665 | ${datadir}/idl ${datadir}/omf ${datadir}/sounds \ | ||
| 1666 | ${libdir}/bonobo/servers" | ||
| 1667 | |||
| 1668 | FILES_${PN}-doc = "${docdir} ${mandir} ${infodir} ${datadir}/gtk-doc \ | ||
| 1669 | ${datadir}/gnome/help" | ||
| 1670 | SECTION_${PN}-doc = "doc" | ||
| 1671 | |||
| 1672 | FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/*.la \ | ||
| 1673 | ${libdir}/*.o ${libdir}/pkgconfig ${datadir}/pkgconfig \ | ||
| 1674 | ${datadir}/aclocal ${base_libdir}/*.o" | ||
| 1675 | SECTION_${PN}-dev = "devel" | ||
| 1676 | ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1" | ||
| 1677 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" | ||
| 1678 | |||
| 1679 | FILES_${PN}-staticdev = "${libdir}/*.a ${base_libdir}/*.a" | ||
| 1680 | SECTION_${PN}-staticdev = "devel" | ||
| 1681 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-staticdev = "${PN}-dev (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" | ||
| 1682 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1683 | </para> | ||
| 1684 | </section> | ||
| 1685 | |||
| 1686 | <section id="combining-multiple-versions-library-files-into-one-image"> | ||
| 1687 | <title>Combining Multiple Versions of Library Files into One Image</title> | ||
| 1688 | |||
| 1689 | <para> | ||
| 1690 | The build system offers the ability to build libraries with different | ||
| 1691 | target optimizations or architecture formats and combine these together | ||
| 1692 | into one system image. | ||
| 1693 | You can link different binaries in the image | ||
| 1694 | against the different libraries as needed for specific use cases. | ||
| 1695 | This feature is called "Multilib." | ||
| 1696 | </para> | ||
| 1697 | |||
| 1698 | <para> | ||
| 1699 | An example would be where you have most of a system compiled in 32-bit | ||
| 1700 | mode using 32-bit libraries, but you have something large, like a database | ||
| 1701 | engine, that needs to be a 64-bit application and uses 64-bit libraries. | ||
| 1702 | Multilib allows you to get the best of both 32-bit and 64-bit libraries. | ||
| 1703 | </para> | ||
| 1704 | |||
| 1705 | <para> | ||
| 1706 | While the Multilib feature is most commonly used for 32 and 64-bit differences, | ||
| 1707 | the approach the build system uses facilitates different target optimizations. | ||
| 1708 | You could compile some binaries to use one set of libraries and other binaries | ||
| 1709 | to use other different sets of libraries. | ||
| 1710 | The libraries could differ in architecture, compiler options, or other | ||
| 1711 | optimizations. | ||
| 1712 | </para> | ||
| 1713 | |||
| 1714 | <para> | ||
| 1715 | This section overviews the Multilib process only. | ||
| 1716 | For more details on how to implement Multilib, see the | ||
| 1717 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/Multilib'>Multilib</ulink> wiki | ||
| 1718 | page. | ||
| 1719 | </para> | ||
| 1720 | |||
| 1721 | <para> | ||
| 1722 | Aside from this wiki page, several examples exist in the | ||
| 1723 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-skeleton'><filename>meta-skeleton</filename></ulink> | ||
| 1724 | layer found in the | ||
| 1725 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>: | ||
| 1726 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 1727 | <listitem><para><filename>conf/multilib-example.conf</filename> | ||
| 1728 | configuration file</para></listitem> | ||
| 1729 | <listitem><para><filename>conf/multilib-example2.conf</filename> | ||
| 1730 | configuration file</para></listitem> | ||
| 1731 | <listitem><para><filename>recipes-multilib/images/core-image-multilib-example.bb</filename> | ||
| 1732 | recipe</para></listitem> | ||
| 1733 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 1734 | </para> | ||
| 1735 | |||
| 1736 | <section id='preparing-to-use-multilib'> | ||
| 1737 | <title>Preparing to Use Multilib</title> | ||
| 1738 | |||
| 1739 | <para> | ||
| 1740 | User-specific requirements drive the Multilib feature. | ||
| 1741 | Consequently, there is no one "out-of-the-box" configuration that likely | ||
| 1742 | exists to meet your needs. | ||
| 1743 | </para> | ||
| 1744 | |||
| 1745 | <para> | ||
| 1746 | In order to enable Multilib, you first need to ensure your recipe is | ||
| 1747 | extended to support multiple libraries. | ||
| 1748 | Many standard recipes are already extended and support multiple libraries. | ||
| 1749 | You can check in the <filename>meta/conf/multilib.conf</filename> | ||
| 1750 | configuration file in the | ||
| 1751 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> to see how this is | ||
| 1752 | done using the | ||
| 1753 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBCLASSEXTEND'><filename>BBCLASSEXTEND</filename></ulink> | ||
| 1754 | variable. | ||
| 1755 | Eventually, all recipes will be covered and this list will be unneeded. | ||
| 1756 | </para> | ||
| 1757 | |||
| 1758 | <para> | ||
| 1759 | For the most part, the Multilib class extension works automatically to | ||
| 1760 | extend the package name from <filename>${PN}</filename> to | ||
| 1761 | <filename>${MLPREFIX}${PN}</filename>, where <filename>MLPREFIX</filename> | ||
| 1762 | is the particular multilib (e.g. "lib32-" or "lib64-"). | ||
| 1763 | Standard variables such as | ||
| 1764 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink>, | ||
| 1765 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></ulink>, | ||
| 1766 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RPROVIDES'><filename>RPROVIDES</filename></ulink>, | ||
| 1767 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></ulink>, | ||
| 1768 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink>, | ||
| 1769 | and <filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename> are automatically extended by the system. | ||
| 1770 | If you are extending any manual code in the recipe, you can use the | ||
| 1771 | <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> variable to ensure those names are extended | ||
| 1772 | correctly. | ||
| 1773 | This automatic extension code resides in <filename>multilib.bbclass</filename>. | ||
| 1774 | </para> | ||
| 1775 | </section> | ||
| 1776 | |||
| 1777 | <section id='using-multilib'> | ||
| 1778 | <title>Using Multilib</title> | ||
| 1779 | |||
| 1780 | <para> | ||
| 1781 | After you have set up the recipes, you need to define the actual | ||
| 1782 | combination of multiple libraries you want to build. | ||
| 1783 | You accomplish this through your <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
| 1784 | configuration file in the | ||
| 1785 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
| 1786 | An example configuration would be as follows: | ||
| 1787 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1788 | MACHINE = "qemux86-64" | ||
| 1789 | require conf/multilib.conf | ||
| 1790 | MULTILIBS = "multilib:lib32" | ||
| 1791 | DEFAULTTUNE_virtclass-multilib-lib32 = "x86" | ||
| 1792 | IMAGE_INSTALL = "lib32-connman" | ||
| 1793 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1794 | This example enables an | ||
| 1795 | additional library named <filename>lib32</filename> alongside the | ||
| 1796 | normal target packages. | ||
| 1797 | When combining these "lib32" alternatives, the example uses "x86" for tuning. | ||
| 1798 | For information on this particular tuning, see | ||
| 1799 | <filename>meta/conf/machine/include/ia32/arch-ia32.inc</filename>. | ||
| 1800 | </para> | ||
| 1801 | |||
| 1802 | <para> | ||
| 1803 | The example then includes <filename>lib32-connman</filename> | ||
| 1804 | in all the images, which illustrates one method of including a | ||
| 1805 | multiple library dependency. | ||
| 1806 | You can use a normal image build to include this dependency, | ||
| 1807 | for example: | ||
| 1808 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1809 | $ bitbake core-image-sato | ||
| 1810 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1811 | You can also build Multilib packages specifically with a command like this: | ||
| 1812 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1813 | $ bitbake lib32-connman | ||
| 1814 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1815 | </para> | ||
| 1816 | </section> | ||
| 1817 | |||
| 1818 | <section id='additional-implementation-details'> | ||
| 1819 | <title>Additional Implementation Details</title> | ||
| 1820 | |||
| 1821 | <para> | ||
| 1822 | Different packaging systems have different levels of native Multilib | ||
| 1823 | support. | ||
| 1824 | For the RPM Package Management System, the following implementation details | ||
| 1825 | exist: | ||
| 1826 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 1827 | <listitem><para>A unique architecture is defined for the Multilib packages, | ||
| 1828 | along with creating a unique deploy folder under | ||
| 1829 | <filename>tmp/deploy/rpm</filename> in the | ||
| 1830 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
| 1831 | For example, consider <filename>lib32</filename> in a | ||
| 1832 | <filename>qemux86-64</filename> image. | ||
| 1833 | The possible architectures in the system are "all", "qemux86_64", | ||
| 1834 | "lib32_qemux86_64", and "lib32_x86".</para></listitem> | ||
| 1835 | <listitem><para>The <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> variable is stripped from | ||
| 1836 | <filename>${PN}</filename> during RPM packaging. | ||
| 1837 | The naming for a normal RPM package and a Multilib RPM package in a | ||
| 1838 | <filename>qemux86-64</filename> system resolves to something similar to | ||
| 1839 | <filename>bash-4.1-r2.x86_64.rpm</filename> and | ||
| 1840 | <filename>bash-4.1.r2.lib32_x86.rpm</filename>, respectively. | ||
| 1841 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 1842 | <listitem><para>When installing a Multilib image, the RPM backend first | ||
| 1843 | installs the base image and then installs the Multilib libraries. | ||
| 1844 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 1845 | <listitem><para>The build system relies on RPM to resolve the identical files in the | ||
| 1846 | two (or more) Multilib packages.</para></listitem> | ||
| 1847 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 1848 | </para> | ||
| 1849 | |||
| 1850 | <para> | ||
| 1851 | For the IPK Package Management System, the following implementation details exist: | ||
| 1852 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 1853 | <listitem><para>The <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> is not stripped from | ||
| 1854 | <filename>${PN}</filename> during IPK packaging. | ||
| 1855 | The naming for a normal RPM package and a Multilib IPK package in a | ||
| 1856 | <filename>qemux86-64</filename> system resolves to something like | ||
| 1857 | <filename>bash_4.1-r2.x86_64.ipk</filename> and | ||
| 1858 | <filename>lib32-bash_4.1-rw_x86.ipk</filename>, respectively. | ||
| 1859 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 1860 | <listitem><para>The IPK deploy folder is not modified with | ||
| 1861 | <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> because packages with and without | ||
| 1862 | the Multilib feature can exist in the same folder due to the | ||
| 1863 | <filename>${PN}</filename> differences.</para></listitem> | ||
| 1864 | <listitem><para>IPK defines a sanity check for Multilib installation | ||
| 1865 | using certain rules for file comparison, overridden, etc. | ||
| 1866 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 1867 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 1868 | </para> | ||
| 1869 | </section> | ||
| 1870 | </section> | ||
| 1871 | |||
| 1872 | <section id='installing-multiple-versions-of-the-same-library'> | ||
| 1873 | <title>Installing Multiple Versions of the Same Library</title> | ||
| 1874 | |||
| 1875 | <para> | ||
| 1876 | Situations can exist where you need to install and use | ||
| 1877 | multiple versions of the same library on the same system | ||
| 1878 | at the same time. | ||
| 1879 | These situations almost always exist when a library API | ||
| 1880 | changes and you have multiple pieces of software that | ||
| 1881 | depend on the separate versions of the library. | ||
| 1882 | To accommodate these situations, you can install multiple | ||
| 1883 | versions of the same library in parallel on the same system. | ||
| 1884 | </para> | ||
| 1885 | |||
| 1886 | <para> | ||
| 1887 | The process is straight forward as long as the libraries use | ||
| 1888 | proper versioning. | ||
| 1889 | With properly versioned libraries, all you need to do to | ||
| 1890 | individually specify the libraries is create separate, | ||
| 1891 | appropriately named recipes where the | ||
| 1892 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink> part of the | ||
| 1893 | name includes a portion that differentiates each library version | ||
| 1894 | (e.g.the major part of the version number). | ||
| 1895 | Thus, instead of having a single recipe that loads one version | ||
| 1896 | of a library (e.g. <filename>clutter</filename>), you provide | ||
| 1897 | multiple recipes that result in different versions | ||
| 1898 | of the libraries you want. | ||
| 1899 | As an example, the following two recipes would allow the | ||
| 1900 | two separate versions of the <filename>clutter</filename> | ||
| 1901 | library to co-exist on the same system: | ||
| 1902 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1903 | clutter-1.6_1.6.20.bb | ||
| 1904 | clutter-1.8_1.8.4.bb | ||
| 1905 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1906 | Additionally, if you have other recipes that depend on a given | ||
| 1907 | library, you need to use the | ||
| 1908 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 1909 | variable to create the dependency. | ||
| 1910 | Continuing with the same example, if you want to have a recipe | ||
| 1911 | depend on the 1.8 version of the <filename>clutter</filename> | ||
| 1912 | library, use the following in your recipe: | ||
| 1913 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 1914 | DEPENDS = "clutter-1.8" | ||
| 1915 | </literallayout> | ||
| 1916 | </para> | ||
| 1917 | </section> | ||
| 1918 | </section> | ||
| 1919 | |||
| 1920 | <section id='creating-partitioned-images'> | ||
| 1921 | <title>Creating Partitioned Images</title> | ||
| 1922 | |||
| 1923 | <para> | ||
| 1924 | Creating an image for a particular hardware target using the | ||
| 1925 | OpenEmbedded build system does not necessarily mean you can boot | ||
| 1926 | that image as is on your device. | ||
| 1927 | Physical devices accept and boot images in various ways depending | ||
| 1928 | on the specifics of the device. | ||
| 1929 | Usually, information about the hardware can tell you what image | ||
| 1930 | format the device requires. | ||
| 1931 | Should your device require multiple partitions on an SD card, flash, | ||
| 1932 | or an HDD, you can use the OpenEmbedded Image Creator | ||
| 1933 | () to create the properly partitioned image. | ||
| 1934 | </para> | ||
| 1935 | |||
| 1936 | <para> | ||
| 1937 | The <filename>wic</filename> command generates partitioned images | ||
| 1938 | from existing OpenEmbedded build artifacts. | ||
| 1939 | Image generation is driven by partitioning commands contained | ||
| 1940 | in an Openembedded kickstart file (<filename>.wks</filename>) | ||
| 1941 | specified either directly on the command-line or as one of a | ||
| 1942 | selection of canned <filename>.wks</filename> files | ||
| 1943 | (see 'wic list images'). | ||
| 1944 | When applied to a given set of build artifacts, the result is an | ||
| 1945 | image or set of images that can be directly written onto media and | ||
| 1946 | used on a particular system. | ||
| 1947 | </para> | ||
| 1948 | |||
| 1949 | <para> | ||
| 1950 | This section provides some background information on | ||
| 1951 | <filename>wic</filename>, describes what you need to have in | ||
| 1952 | place to run the tool, provides instruction on how to use | ||
| 1953 | <filename>wic</filename>, and provides several examples. | ||
| 1954 | </para> | ||
| 1955 | |||
| 1956 | <section id='wic-background'> | ||
| 1957 | <title>Background</title> | ||
| 1958 | |||
| 1959 | <para> | ||
| 1960 | This section provides some background on the | ||
| 1961 | <filename>wic</filename> utility. | ||
| 1962 | While none of this information is required to use | ||
| 1963 | <filename>wic</filename>, you might find it interesting. | ||
| 1964 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 1965 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 1966 | The name "wic" is derived from OpenEmbedded | ||
| 1967 | Image Creator (oeic). | ||
| 1968 | The "oe" diphthong in "oeic" was promoted to the | ||
| 1969 | letter "w", because "oeic" is both difficult to remember and | ||
| 1970 | pronounce.</para></listitem> | ||
| 1971 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 1972 | <filename>wic</filename> is loosely based on the | ||
| 1973 | Meego Image Creator (<filename>mic</filename>) | ||
| 1974 | framework. | ||
| 1975 | The <filename>wic</filename> implementation has been | ||
| 1976 | heavily modified to make direct use of OpenEmbedded | ||
| 1977 | build artifacts instead of package installation and | ||
| 1978 | configuration, which are already incorporated within | ||
| 1979 | the OpenEmbedded artifacts.</para></listitem> | ||
| 1980 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 1981 | <filename>wic</filename> is a completely independent | ||
| 1982 | standalone utility that initially provides | ||
| 1983 | easier-to-use and more flexible replacements for a | ||
| 1984 | couple bits of existing functionality in OE Core's | ||
| 1985 | <filename>directdisk.bbclass</filename> and | ||
| 1986 | <filename>mkefidisk.sh</filename> script. | ||
| 1987 | The replaced scripts are implemented by a | ||
| 1988 | general-purpose partitioning language based on Red Hat | ||
| 1989 | kickstart syntax. | ||
| 1990 | Underlying code for <filename>wic</filename> succeeded | ||
| 1991 | from several projects over time.</para></listitem> | ||
| 1992 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 1993 | </para> | ||
| 1994 | </section> | ||
| 1995 | |||
| 1996 | <!-- | ||
| 1997 | |||
| 1998 | <para> | ||
| 1999 | This section covers the mechanics of invoking and providing help for | ||
| 2000 | the command and sub-commands; it contains hooks for future commits to | ||
| 2001 | connect with the actual functionality, once implemented. | ||
| 2002 | </para> | ||
| 2003 | |||
| 2004 | <para> | ||
| 2005 | Help is integrated into the 'wic' command itself - you can also see | ||
| 2006 | that for details and reminders on usage (simply invoke 'wic' without | ||
| 2007 | any arguments to get started). | ||
| 2008 | </para> | ||
| 2009 | |||
| 2010 | <note> | ||
| 2011 | Just because 'wic' can generate an image doesn't mean that it | ||
| 2012 | will boot on a given machine. 'wic' tries to spot the most obvious | ||
| 2013 | usages that are likely to cause problems but, as a relatively | ||
| 2014 | low-level tool, it can't in general figure out whether a generated | ||
| 2015 | image is appropriate for a given piece of hardware - it's really up to | ||
| 2016 | you to provide intelligent inputs to the image creation process. If | ||
| 2017 | you suspect that your image isn't working as expected due to some bug | ||
| 2018 | or missing feature of the tool, please file a bug report describing | ||
| 2019 | the details. | ||
| 2020 | </note> | ||
| 2021 | |||
| 2022 | --> | ||
| 2023 | |||
| 2024 | <section id='wic-requirements'> | ||
| 2025 | <title>Requirements</title> | ||
| 2026 | |||
| 2027 | <para> | ||
| 2028 | In order to use the <filename>wic</filename> utility with the | ||
| 2029 | OpenEmbedded Build system, you need to meet the following | ||
| 2030 | requirements: | ||
| 2031 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 2032 | <listitem><para>The Linux distribution on your | ||
| 2033 | development host must support the Yocto Project. | ||
| 2034 | See the | ||
| 2035 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#detailed-supported-distros'>Supported Linux Distributions</ulink>" | ||
| 2036 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for this | ||
| 2037 | list of distributions.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2038 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 2039 | The standard system utilities, such as | ||
| 2040 | <filename>cp</filename>, must be installed on your | ||
| 2041 | development host system. | ||
| 2042 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 2043 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 2044 | The | ||
| 2045 | <ulink url='http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/'>GNU Parted</ulink> | ||
| 2046 | package must be installed on your development host | ||
| 2047 | system. | ||
| 2048 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 2049 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 2050 | Have the build artifacts already available. | ||
| 2051 | You must already have created an image using the | ||
| 2052 | Openembedded build system (e.g. | ||
| 2053 | <filename>core-image-minimal</filename>. | ||
| 2054 | It might seem redundant to generate an image in order | ||
| 2055 | to create an image using <filename>wic</filename>, | ||
| 2056 | but the artifacts are needed and they are generated | ||
| 2057 | with the build system.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2058 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 2059 | You must have sourced one of the build environment | ||
| 2060 | setup scripts (i.e. | ||
| 2061 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink> | ||
| 2062 | or | ||
| 2063 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-memres-core-script'><filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename></ulink>) | ||
| 2064 | found in the | ||
| 2065 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
| 2066 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 2067 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 2068 | </para> | ||
| 2069 | </section> | ||
| 2070 | |||
| 2071 | <section id='wic-getting-help'> | ||
| 2072 | <title>Getting Help</title> | ||
| 2073 | |||
| 2074 | <para> | ||
| 2075 | You can get general help for the <filename>wic</filename> | ||
| 2076 | by entering the <filename>wic</filename> command by itself | ||
| 2077 | or by entering the command with a help argument as follows: | ||
| 2078 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2079 | $ wic -h | ||
| 2080 | $ wic --help | ||
| 2081 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2082 | </para> | ||
| 2083 | |||
| 2084 | <para> | ||
| 2085 | Currently, <filename>wic</filename> supports two commands: | ||
| 2086 | <filename>create</filename> and <filename>list</filename>. | ||
| 2087 | You can get help for these commands as follows: | ||
| 2088 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2089 | $ wic help <command> | ||
| 2090 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2091 | </para> | ||
| 2092 | |||
| 2093 | <para> | ||
| 2094 | You can find more out about the images | ||
| 2095 | <filename>wic</filename> creates using the provided | ||
| 2096 | kickstart files with the following form of the command: | ||
| 2097 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2098 | $ wic list <image> help | ||
| 2099 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2100 | Where <filename><image></filename> is either | ||
| 2101 | <filename>directdisk</filename> or | ||
| 2102 | <filename>mkefidisk</filename>. | ||
| 2103 | </para> | ||
| 2104 | </section> | ||
| 2105 | |||
| 2106 | <section id='operational-modes'> | ||
| 2107 | <title>Operational Modes</title> | ||
| 2108 | |||
| 2109 | <para> | ||
| 2110 | You can run <filename>wic</filename> in two modes: Raw and | ||
| 2111 | Cooked: | ||
| 2112 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 2113 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Raw Mode:</emphasis> | ||
| 2114 | You explicitly specify build artifacts through | ||
| 2115 | command-line arguments.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2116 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Cooked Mode:</emphasis> | ||
| 2117 | The current | ||
| 2118 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;var-MACHINE'><filename>MACHINE</filename></ulink> | ||
| 2119 | setting and image name are used to automatically locate | ||
| 2120 | and provide the build artifacts.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2121 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 2122 | </para> | ||
| 2123 | |||
| 2124 | <section id='raw-mode'> | ||
| 2125 | <title>Raw Mode</title> | ||
| 2126 | |||
| 2127 | <para> | ||
| 2128 | The general form of the 'wic' command in raw mode is: | ||
| 2129 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2130 | $ wic create <image_name>.wks -r <rootfs_dir> -b <bootimg_dir> / | ||
| 2131 | -k <kernel_dir> -n <native_sysroot> | ||
| 2132 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2133 | <note> | ||
| 2134 | You do not need root privileges to run | ||
| 2135 | <filename>wic</filename>. | ||
| 2136 | In fact, you should not run as root when using the | ||
| 2137 | utility. | ||
| 2138 | </note> | ||
| 2139 | </para> | ||
| 2140 | |||
| 2141 | <para> | ||
| 2142 | Following is a description of the <filename>wic</filename> | ||
| 2143 | parameters and options: | ||
| 2144 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 2145 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename><image_name>.wks</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 2146 | An OpenEmbedded kickstart file. | ||
| 2147 | You can provide your own custom file or use a | ||
| 2148 | file from a set of provided files as described | ||
| 2149 | following this list.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2150 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-r <rootfs_dir></filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 2151 | Specifies the path to the root filesystem directory | ||
| 2152 | to be used and the <filename>.wks</filename> | ||
| 2153 | root filesystem source.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2154 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-b <bootimg_dir></filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 2155 | Specifies the path to the directory that contains | ||
| 2156 | the boot artifacts (e.g. the | ||
| 2157 | <filename>EFI</filename> or | ||
| 2158 | <filename>syslinux</filename> directories) to use | ||
| 2159 | as the <filename>.wks</filename> boot image source. | ||
| 2160 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 2161 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-k <kernel_dir></filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 2162 | Specifies the path to the dir containing the kernel | ||
| 2163 | to use in the <filename>.wks</filename> boot | ||
| 2164 | image.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2165 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-n <native_sysroot></filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 2166 | Specifies the path to the native sysroot | ||
| 2167 | that contains the tools used to build the image. | ||
| 2168 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 2169 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 2170 | </para> | ||
| 2171 | </section> | ||
| 2172 | |||
| 2173 | <section id='cooked-mode'> | ||
| 2174 | <title>Cooked Mode</title> | ||
| 2175 | |||
| 2176 | <para> | ||
| 2177 | The general form of the <filename>wic</filename> command | ||
| 2178 | using Cooked Mode is: | ||
| 2179 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2180 | $ wic create <kickstart_file> -e <image_name> | ||
| 2181 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2182 | This form is the simplest and most user-friendly, as it | ||
| 2183 | does not requre specifying all individual parameters. | ||
| 2184 | All you need to provide is your own | ||
| 2185 | <filename>.wks</filename> file or one provided with the | ||
| 2186 | release. | ||
| 2187 | </para> | ||
| 2188 | |||
| 2189 | <para> | ||
| 2190 | Following is a description of the <filename>wic</filename> | ||
| 2191 | parameters and options: | ||
| 2192 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 2193 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename><kickstart></filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 2194 | An OpenEmbedded kickstart file. | ||
| 2195 | You can provide your own custom file or supplied | ||
| 2196 | file.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2197 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-e <image_name></filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 2198 | Specifies the image built using the OpenEmbedded | ||
| 2199 | build system.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2200 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 2201 | </para> | ||
| 2202 | </section> | ||
| 2203 | </section> | ||
| 2204 | |||
| 2205 | <section id='using-a-provided-kickstart_file'> | ||
| 2206 | <title>Using a Provided Kickstart File</title> | ||
| 2207 | |||
| 2208 | <para> | ||
| 2209 | If you do not want to create your own | ||
| 2210 | <filename>.wks</filename> file, you can use a provided | ||
| 2211 | file. | ||
| 2212 | Use the following command to list the available files: | ||
| 2213 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2214 | $ wic list images | ||
| 2215 | mkefidisk Create an EFI disk image | ||
| 2216 | directdisk Create a 'pcbios' direct disk image | ||
| 2217 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2218 | When you use a provided file, you do not have to use the | ||
| 2219 | <filename>.wks</filename> extension. | ||
| 2220 | Here is an example in Raw Mode that uses the | ||
| 2221 | <filename>directdisk</filename> file: | ||
| 2222 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2223 | $ wic create directdisk -r <rootfs_dir> -b <bootimg_dir> \ | ||
| 2224 | -k <kernel_dir> -n <native_sysroot> | ||
| 2225 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2226 | </para> | ||
| 2227 | </section> | ||
| 2228 | |||
| 2229 | <section id='wic-usage-examples'> | ||
| 2230 | <title>Examples</title> | ||
| 2231 | |||
| 2232 | <para> | ||
| 2233 | This section provides several examples that show how to use | ||
| 2234 | the <filename>wic</filename> utility. | ||
| 2235 | All the examples assume the list of requirements in the | ||
| 2236 | "<link linkend='wic-requirements'>Requirements</link>" section | ||
| 2237 | have been met. | ||
| 2238 | The examples assume the previously generated image is | ||
| 2239 | <filename>core-image-minimal</filename>. | ||
| 2240 | </para> | ||
| 2241 | |||
| 2242 | <section id='generate-an-image-using-a-provided-kickstart-file'> | ||
| 2243 | <title>Generate an Image using a Provided Kickstart File</title> | ||
| 2244 | |||
| 2245 | <para> | ||
| 2246 | This example runs in Cooked Mode and uses the | ||
| 2247 | <filename>mkefidisk</filename> kickstart file: | ||
| 2248 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2249 | $ wic create mkefidisk -e core-image-minimal | ||
| 2250 | Checking basic build environment... | ||
| 2251 | Done. | ||
| 2252 | |||
| 2253 | Creating image(s)... | ||
| 2254 | |||
| 2255 | Info: The new image(s) can be found here: | ||
| 2256 | /var/tmp/wic/build/mkefidisk-201310230946-sda.direct | ||
| 2257 | |||
| 2258 | The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s): | ||
| 2259 | ROOTFS_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/minnow-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs | ||
| 2260 | BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/minnow-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/core-image-minimal-1.0/hddimg | ||
| 2261 | KERNEL_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/minnow/usr/src/kernel | ||
| 2262 | NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/x86_64-linux | ||
| 2263 | |||
| 2264 | |||
| 2265 | The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file: | ||
| 2266 | /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/mkefidisk.wks | ||
| 2267 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2268 | This example shows the easiest way to create an image | ||
| 2269 | by running in Cooked Mode and using the | ||
| 2270 | <filename><-e></filename> option with a | ||
| 2271 | provided kickstart file. | ||
| 2272 | All that is necessary is to specify the image | ||
| 2273 | used to generate the artifacts. | ||
| 2274 | Your <filename>local.conf</filename> needs to have the | ||
| 2275 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE'><filename>MACHINE</filename></ulink> | ||
| 2276 | variable set to the machine you are using, which is | ||
| 2277 | "minnow" in this example. | ||
| 2278 | </para> | ||
| 2279 | |||
| 2280 | <para> | ||
| 2281 | The output specifies exactly which image were | ||
| 2282 | created and where the image was created. | ||
| 2283 | The output also names the artifacts used and the exact | ||
| 2284 | <filename>.wks</filename> script that was used to generate | ||
| 2285 | the image. | ||
| 2286 | <note> | ||
| 2287 | You should always verify the details provided in the | ||
| 2288 | output to make sure that the imagewas indeed created | ||
| 2289 | exactly as expected. | ||
| 2290 | </note> | ||
| 2291 | </para> | ||
| 2292 | |||
| 2293 | <para> | ||
| 2294 | Continuing with the example, you can now directly | ||
| 2295 | <filename>dd</filename> the image to a USB stick, or | ||
| 2296 | whatever media for which you built your image, | ||
| 2297 | and boot the resulting media: | ||
| 2298 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2299 | $ sudo dd if=/var/tmp/wic/build/mkefidisk-201310230946-sda.direct of=/dev/sdb | ||
| 2300 | [sudo] password for trz: | ||
| 2301 | 182274+0 records in | ||
| 2302 | 182274+0 records out | ||
| 2303 | 93324288 bytes (93 MB) copied, 14.4777 s, 6.4 MB/s | ||
| 2304 | [trz@empanada ~]$ sudo eject /dev/sdb | ||
| 2305 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2306 | </para> | ||
| 2307 | </section> | ||
| 2308 | |||
| 2309 | <section id='using-a-modified-kickstart-file'> | ||
| 2310 | <title>Using a Modified Kickstart File</title> | ||
| 2311 | |||
| 2312 | <para> | ||
| 2313 | Because <filename>wic</filename> image creation is driven | ||
| 2314 | by the kickstart file, it is easy to drive image creation | ||
| 2315 | by changing the parameters in the file. | ||
| 2316 | This next example demonstrates that through modification | ||
| 2317 | of the <filename>directdisk</filename> kickstart file. | ||
| 2318 | </para> | ||
| 2319 | |||
| 2320 | <para> | ||
| 2321 | As mentioned earlier, you can use the command | ||
| 2322 | <filename>wic list images</filename> to show the list | ||
| 2323 | of provided kickstart files. | ||
| 2324 | The directory in which these files reside is in the | ||
| 2325 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
| 2326 | in <filename>scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/</filename>. | ||
| 2327 | Because the available files reside in this directory, you | ||
| 2328 | can create and add your own custom files to the directory. | ||
| 2329 | Subsequent use of the <filename>wic list images</filename> | ||
| 2330 | command would then include your kickstart files. | ||
| 2331 | </para> | ||
| 2332 | |||
| 2333 | <para> | ||
| 2334 | In this example, the existing | ||
| 2335 | <filename>directdisk</filename> file already does most | ||
| 2336 | of what is needed. | ||
| 2337 | However, for the hardware in this example, the image will | ||
| 2338 | need to boot from <filename>sdb</filename> instead of | ||
| 2339 | <filename>sda</filename>, which is what the | ||
| 2340 | <filename>directdisk</filename> kickstart file uses. | ||
| 2341 | </para> | ||
| 2342 | |||
| 2343 | <para> | ||
| 2344 | The example begins by making a copy of the | ||
| 2345 | <filename>directdisk.wks</filename> file in the | ||
| 2346 | <filename>scripts/lib/image/canned-wks</filename> | ||
| 2347 | directory and then changing the lines that specify the | ||
| 2348 | target disk from which to boot. | ||
| 2349 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2350 | $ cp /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/directdisk.wks /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/directdisksdb.wks | ||
| 2351 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2352 | Next, the example modifies the | ||
| 2353 | <filename>directdisksdb.wks</filename> file and changes all | ||
| 2354 | instances of "<filename>--ondisk sda</filename>" | ||
| 2355 | to "<filename>--ondisk sdb</filename>". | ||
| 2356 | The example changes the following two lines and leaves the | ||
| 2357 | remaining lines untouched: | ||
| 2358 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2359 | part /boot --source bootimg --ondisk sdb --fstype=msdos --label boot --active --align 1024 | ||
| 2360 | part / --source rootfs --ondisk sdb --fstype=ext3 --label platform --align 1024 | ||
| 2361 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2362 | (I AM HERE) | ||
| 2363 | Once the lines are changed, Once we've made that change, we generate a directdisksdb image, | ||
| 2364 | pointing the process at the core-image-minimal artifacts for the nuc | ||
| 2365 | (Next Unit of Computing), selected as our current MACHINE in | ||
| 2366 | local.conf. | ||
| 2367 | </para> | ||
| 2368 | |||
| 2369 | <para> | ||
| 2370 | Once we've set the build up, we run a core-image-minimal nuc build: | ||
| 2371 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2372 | $ bitbake core-image-minimal | ||
| 2373 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2374 | Once the build is finished, we can then use nuc to create our | ||
| 2375 | directdisk image for the nuc to boot. In this case, we'll use the | ||
| 2376 | '-e' option to have wic discover the appropriate build artifacts and | ||
| 2377 | generate the image: | ||
| 2378 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2379 | $ wic create directdisksdb -e core-image-minimal | ||
| 2380 | Checking basic build environment... | ||
| 2381 | Done. | ||
| 2382 | |||
| 2383 | Creating image(s)... | ||
| 2384 | |||
| 2385 | Info: The new image(s) can be found here: | ||
| 2386 | /var/tmp/wic/build/directdisksdb-201310231131-sdb.direct | ||
| 2387 | |||
| 2388 | The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s): | ||
| 2389 | ROOTFS_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/nuc-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs | ||
| 2390 | BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/nuc/usr/share | ||
| 2391 | KERNEL_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/nuc/usr/src/kernel | ||
| 2392 | NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/x86_64-linux | ||
| 2393 | |||
| 2394 | |||
| 2395 | The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file: | ||
| 2396 | /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/directdisksdb.wks | ||
| 2397 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2398 | Using the path specified in the output for the image name and | ||
| 2399 | location, you can now directly dd the image to a USB stick or whatever | ||
| 2400 | media you built the image for, and boot the resulting media: | ||
| 2401 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2402 | $ sudo dd if=/var/tmp/wic/build/directdisksdb-201310231131-sdb.direct of=/dev/sdb | ||
| 2403 | 86018+0 records in | ||
| 2404 | 86018+0 records out | ||
| 2405 | 44041216 bytes (44 MB) copied, 13.0734 s, 3.4 MB/s | ||
| 2406 | [trz@empanada tmp]$ sudo eject /dev/sdb | ||
| 2407 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2408 | Of course, you can just use the directdisk image directly if you don't | ||
| 2409 | have any special needs. | ||
| 2410 | </para> | ||
| 2411 | |||
| 2412 | <para> | ||
| 2413 | Here'we're creating a wic image based on core-image-minimal and | ||
| 2414 | crownbay-noemgd, which works right out of the box. | ||
| 2415 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2416 | $ wic create directdisk -e core-image-minimal | ||
| 2417 | |||
| 2418 | Checking basic build environment... | ||
| 2419 | Done. | ||
| 2420 | |||
| 2421 | Creating image(s)... | ||
| 2422 | |||
| 2423 | Info: The new image(s) can be found here: | ||
| 2424 | /var/tmp/wic/build/directdisk-201309252350-sda.direct | ||
| 2425 | |||
| 2426 | The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s): | ||
| 2427 | |||
| 2428 | ROOTFS_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/crownbay_noemgd-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs | ||
| 2429 | BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/share | ||
| 2430 | KERNEL_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel | ||
| 2431 | NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel | ||
| 2432 | |||
| 2433 | The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file: | ||
| 2434 | /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/directdisk.wks | ||
| 2435 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2436 | Finally, here's an example that doesn't take the easy way out and | ||
| 2437 | manually specifies each build artifact, along with a non-canned .wks | ||
| 2438 | file, and also uses the -o option to have wic create the output | ||
| 2439 | somewhere other than the default /var/tmp/wic: | ||
| 2440 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2441 | $ wic create ~/test.wks -o /home/trz/testwic --rootfs-dir /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/crownbay_noemgd-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs --bootimg-dir /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/share --kernel-dir /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel --native-sysroot /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/x86_64-linux | ||
| 2442 | |||
| 2443 | Creating image(s)... | ||
| 2444 | |||
| 2445 | Info: The new image(s) can be found here: | ||
| 2446 | /home/trz/testwic/build/test-201309260032-sda.direct | ||
| 2447 | |||
| 2448 | The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s): | ||
| 2449 | |||
| 2450 | ROOTFS_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/crownbay_noemgd-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs | ||
| 2451 | BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/share | ||
| 2452 | KERNEL_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel | ||
| 2453 | NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel | ||
| 2454 | |||
| 2455 | The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file: | ||
| 2456 | /home/trz/test.wks | ||
| 2457 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2458 | In this case, we didn't need to have the proper machine selected in | ||
| 2459 | local.conf - we manually specified each artifact and therefore wic | ||
| 2460 | doesn't need further information from the build system. | ||
| 2461 | </para> | ||
| 2462 | |||
| 2463 | <para> | ||
| 2464 | Finally, here's an example of the actual partition language commands | ||
| 2465 | used to generate the mkefidisk image i.e. these are the contents of the | ||
| 2466 | mkefidisk.wks OE kickstart file: | ||
| 2467 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2468 | # short-description: Create an EFI disk image | ||
| 2469 | # long-description: Creates a partitioned EFI disk image that the user | ||
| 2470 | # can directly dd to boot media. | ||
| 2471 | |||
| 2472 | part /boot --source bootimg --ondisk sda --fstype=efi --label msdos --active --align 1024 | ||
| 2473 | |||
| 2474 | part / --source rootfs --ondisk sda --fstype=ext3 --label platform --align 1024 | ||
| 2475 | |||
| 2476 | part swap --ondisk sda --size 44 --label swap1 --fstype=swap | ||
| 2477 | |||
| 2478 | bootloader --timeout=10 --append="rootwait rootfstype=ext3 console=ttyPCH0,115200 console=tty0 vmalloc=256MB snd-hda- intel.enable_msi=0" | ||
| 2479 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2480 | </para> | ||
| 2481 | </section> | ||
| 2482 | </section> | ||
| 2483 | |||
| 2484 | <section id='openembedded-kickstart-wks-reference'> | ||
| 2485 | <title>OpenEmbedded Kickstart (.wks) Reference</title> | ||
| 2486 | |||
| 2487 | <para> | ||
| 2488 | The current 'wic' implementation supports only the basic kickstart | ||
| 2489 | partitioning commands: 'partition' (or 'part' for short) and | ||
| 2490 | 'bootloader'. | ||
| 2491 | </para> | ||
| 2492 | |||
| 2493 | <para> | ||
| 2494 | They are listed below and mostly follow the syntax and meaning of the | ||
| 2495 | standard kickstart options for those commands. The documentation below | ||
| 2496 | is based on the Fedora kickstart documentation of the same commands, | ||
| 2497 | but modified to reflect wic capabilities. For reference: | ||
| 2498 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2499 | http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Anaconda/Kickstart#part_or_partition | ||
| 2500 | http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Anaconda/Kickstart#bootloader | ||
| 2501 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2502 | </para> | ||
| 2503 | |||
| 2504 | <section id='command-part-or-partition'> | ||
| 2505 | <title>Command: part or partition</title> | ||
| 2506 | |||
| 2507 | <para> | ||
| 2508 | Creates a partition on the system. | ||
| 2509 | Use the following syntax: | ||
| 2510 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2511 | part <mntpoint> | ||
| 2512 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2513 | The <mntpoint> is where the partition will be mounted and must be of | ||
| 2514 | one of the following forms: | ||
| 2515 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 2516 | <listitem><para><filename>/<path></filename>: | ||
| 2517 | For example, <filename>/</filename>, | ||
| 2518 | <filename>/usr</filename>, and | ||
| 2519 | <filename>/home</filename></para></listitem> | ||
| 2520 | <listitem><para><filename>swap</filename>: | ||
| 2521 | The partition will be used as swap space. | ||
| 2522 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 2523 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 2524 | </para> | ||
| 2525 | |||
| 2526 | <para> | ||
| 2527 | Following are the supported options: | ||
| 2528 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2529 | --size | ||
| 2530 | The minimum partition size in megabytes. Specify an integer value | ||
| 2531 | here such as 500. Do not append the number with MB. Not needed if | ||
| 2532 | --source is used. | ||
| 2533 | |||
| 2534 | --source | ||
| 2535 | bootimg | ||
| 2536 | rootfs | ||
| 2537 | |||
| 2538 | The --source option is a wic-specific option that can currently | ||
| 2539 | have one of two values, 'bootimg' or 'rootfs'. | ||
| 2540 | |||
| 2541 | If '--source rootfs' is used, it tells the wic command to create a | ||
| 2542 | partition as large as needed to fill with the contents of /rootfs | ||
| 2543 | (specified by the -r 'wic' option) and to fill it with the | ||
| 2544 | contents of /rootfs. | ||
| 2545 | |||
| 2546 | If '--source bootimg' is used, it tells the wic command to create | ||
| 2547 | a partition as large as needed to fill with the contents of the | ||
| 2548 | boot partition (specified by the -b 'wic' option). Exactly what | ||
| 2549 | those contents are depend on the value of the --fstype option for | ||
| 2550 | that partition. If '--fstype=efi' is specified, the boot | ||
| 2551 | artifacts contained in HDDDIR are used, and if '--fstype=msdos' is | ||
| 2552 | specified, the boot artifacts found in STAGING_DATADIR are used. | ||
| 2553 | |||
| 2554 | --ondisk or --ondrive | ||
| 2555 | Forces the partition to be created on a particular disk. | ||
| 2556 | |||
| 2557 | --fstype | ||
| 2558 | Sets the file system type for the partition. Valid values are: | ||
| 2559 | msdos | ||
| 2560 | efi | ||
| 2561 | ext4 | ||
| 2562 | ext3 | ||
| 2563 | ext2 | ||
| 2564 | btrfs | ||
| 2565 | swap | ||
| 2566 | |||
| 2567 | --label label | ||
| 2568 | Specify the label to give to the filesystem to be made on the | ||
| 2569 | partition. If the given label is already in use by another | ||
| 2570 | filesystem, a new label will be created for this partition. | ||
| 2571 | |||
| 2572 | --active | ||
| 2573 | Mark the partition as active. | ||
| 2574 | |||
| 2575 | --align (in kB) | ||
| 2576 | The '--align' option is a mic-specific option that says to start a | ||
| 2577 | partition on an x kB boundary. | ||
| 2578 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2579 | </para> | ||
| 2580 | </section> | ||
| 2581 | |||
| 2582 | <section id='command-bootloader'> | ||
| 2583 | <title>Command: bootloader</title> | ||
| 2584 | |||
| 2585 | <para> | ||
| 2586 | This command specifies how the boot loader should be installed. | ||
| 2587 | </para> | ||
| 2588 | |||
| 2589 | <para> | ||
| 2590 | Following are the supported options: | ||
| 2591 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2592 | --timeout | ||
| 2593 | Specify the number of seconds before the bootloader times out and | ||
| 2594 | boots the default option. | ||
| 2595 | |||
| 2596 | --append | ||
| 2597 | Specifies kernel parameters. These will be added to the syslinux | ||
| 2598 | APPEND or grub kernel command line. | ||
| 2599 | |||
| 2600 | The boot type is determined by the fstype of the /boot mountpoint. If | ||
| 2601 | the fstype is 'msdos' the boot type is 'pcbios', otherwise it's the | ||
| 2602 | fstype, which currently be: 'efi' (more to be added later). | ||
| 2603 | |||
| 2604 | If the boot type is 'efi', the image will use grub and has one | ||
| 2605 | menuentry: 'boot'. | ||
| 2606 | |||
| 2607 | If the boot type is 'pcbios', the image will use syslinux and has one | ||
| 2608 | menu label: 'boot'. | ||
| 2609 | |||
| 2610 | Future updates will implement more options - using anything not | ||
| 2611 | explicitly supported can result in unpredictable results. | ||
| 2612 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2613 | </para> | ||
| 2614 | </section> | ||
| 2615 | </section> | ||
| 2616 | </section> | ||
| 2617 | |||
| 2618 | <section id='configuring-the-kernel'> | ||
| 2619 | <title>Configuring the Kernel</title> | ||
| 2620 | |||
| 2621 | <para> | ||
| 2622 | Configuring the Yocto Project kernel consists of making sure the <filename>.config</filename> | ||
| 2623 | file has all the right information in it for the image you are building. | ||
| 2624 | You can use the <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool and configuration fragments to | ||
| 2625 | make sure your <filename>.config</filename> file is just how you need it. | ||
| 2626 | This section describes how to use <filename>menuconfig</filename>, create and use | ||
| 2627 | configuration fragments, and how to interactively tweak your <filename>.config</filename> | ||
| 2628 | file to create the leanest kernel configuration file possible. | ||
| 2629 | </para> | ||
| 2630 | |||
| 2631 | <para> | ||
| 2632 | For more information on kernel configuration, see the | ||
| 2633 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;#changing-the-configuration'>Changing the Configuration</ulink>" | ||
| 2634 | section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. | ||
| 2635 | </para> | ||
| 2636 | |||
| 2637 | <section id='using-menuconfig'> | ||
| 2638 | <title>Using <filename>menuconfig</filename></title> | ||
| 2639 | |||
| 2640 | <para> | ||
| 2641 | The easiest way to define kernel configurations is to set them through the | ||
| 2642 | <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool. | ||
| 2643 | This tool provides an interactive method with which | ||
| 2644 | to set kernel configurations. | ||
| 2645 | For general information on <filename>menuconfig</filename>, see | ||
| 2646 | <ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Menuconfig'></ulink>. | ||
| 2647 | </para> | ||
| 2648 | |||
| 2649 | <para> | ||
| 2650 | To use the <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool in the Yocto Project development | ||
| 2651 | environment, you must build the tool using BitBake. | ||
| 2652 | Thus, the environment must be set up using the | ||
| 2653 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink> | ||
| 2654 | or | ||
| 2655 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-memres-core-script'><filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename></ulink> | ||
| 2656 | script found in the | ||
| 2657 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
| 2658 | The following commands build and invoke <filename>menuconfig</filename> assuming the | ||
| 2659 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
| 2660 | top-level folder is <filename>~/poky</filename>: | ||
| 2661 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2662 | $ cd poky | ||
| 2663 | $ source oe-init-build-env | ||
| 2664 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig | ||
| 2665 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2666 | Once <filename>menuconfig</filename> comes up, its standard interface allows you to | ||
| 2667 | interactively examine and configure all the kernel configuration parameters. | ||
| 2668 | After making your changes, simply exit the tool and save your changes to | ||
| 2669 | create an updated version of the <filename>.config</filename> configuration file. | ||
| 2670 | </para> | ||
| 2671 | |||
| 2672 | <para> | ||
| 2673 | Consider an example that configures the <filename>linux-yocto-3.4</filename> | ||
| 2674 | kernel. | ||
| 2675 | The OpenEmbedded build system recognizes this kernel as | ||
| 2676 | <filename>linux-yocto</filename>. | ||
| 2677 | Thus, the following commands from the shell in which you previously sourced the | ||
| 2678 | environment initialization script cleans the shared state cache and the | ||
| 2679 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'><filename>WORKDIR</filename></ulink> | ||
| 2680 | directory and then builds and launches <filename>menuconfig</filename>: | ||
| 2681 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2682 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig | ||
| 2683 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2684 | </para> | ||
| 2685 | |||
| 2686 | <para> | ||
| 2687 | Once <filename>menuconfig</filename> launches, use the interface | ||
| 2688 | to navigate through the selections to find the configuration settings in | ||
| 2689 | which you are interested. | ||
| 2690 | For example, consider the <filename>CONFIG_SMP</filename> configuration setting. | ||
| 2691 | You can find it at <filename>Processor Type and Features</filename> under | ||
| 2692 | the configuration selection <filename>Symmetric Multi-processing Support</filename>. | ||
| 2693 | After highlighting the selection, use the arrow keys to select or deselect | ||
| 2694 | the setting. | ||
| 2695 | When you are finished with all your selections, exit out and save them. | ||
| 2696 | </para> | ||
| 2697 | |||
| 2698 | <para> | ||
| 2699 | Saving the selections updates the <filename>.config</filename> configuration file. | ||
| 2700 | This is the file that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to configure the | ||
| 2701 | kernel during the build. | ||
| 2702 | You can find and examine this file in the Build Directory in | ||
| 2703 | <filename>tmp/work/</filename>. | ||
| 2704 | The actual <filename>.config</filename> is located in the area where the | ||
| 2705 | specific kernel is built. | ||
| 2706 | For example, if you were building a Linux Yocto kernel based on the | ||
| 2707 | Linux 3.4 kernel and you were building a QEMU image targeted for | ||
| 2708 | <filename>x86</filename> architecture, the | ||
| 2709 | <filename>.config</filename> file would be located here: | ||
| 2710 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2711 | poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto-3.4.11+git1+84f... | ||
| 2712 | ...656ed30-r1/linux-qemux86-standard-build | ||
| 2713 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2714 | <note> | ||
| 2715 | The previous example directory is artificially split and many of the characters | ||
| 2716 | in the actual filename are omitted in order to make it more readable. | ||
| 2717 | Also, depending on the kernel you are using, the exact pathname | ||
| 2718 | for <filename>linux-yocto-3.4...</filename> might differ. | ||
| 2719 | </note> | ||
| 2720 | </para> | ||
| 2721 | |||
| 2722 | <para> | ||
| 2723 | Within the <filename>.config</filename> file, you can see the kernel settings. | ||
| 2724 | For example, the following entry shows that symmetric multi-processor support | ||
| 2725 | is not set: | ||
| 2726 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2727 | # CONFIG_SMP is not set | ||
| 2728 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2729 | </para> | ||
| 2730 | |||
| 2731 | <para> | ||
| 2732 | A good method to isolate changed configurations is to use a combination of the | ||
| 2733 | <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool and simple shell commands. | ||
| 2734 | Before changing configurations with <filename>menuconfig</filename>, copy the | ||
| 2735 | existing <filename>.config</filename> and rename it to something else, | ||
| 2736 | use <filename>menuconfig</filename> to make | ||
| 2737 | as many changes an you want and save them, then compare the renamed configuration | ||
| 2738 | file against the newly created file. | ||
| 2739 | You can use the resulting differences as your base to create configuration fragments | ||
| 2740 | to permanently save in your kernel layer. | ||
| 2741 | <note> | ||
| 2742 | Be sure to make a copy of the <filename>.config</filename> and don't just | ||
| 2743 | rename it. | ||
| 2744 | The build system needs an existing <filename>.config</filename> | ||
| 2745 | from which to work. | ||
| 2746 | </note> | ||
| 2747 | </para> | ||
| 2748 | </section> | ||
| 2749 | |||
| 2750 | <section id='creating-config-fragments'> | ||
| 2751 | <title>Creating Configuration Fragments</title> | ||
| 2752 | |||
| 2753 | <para> | ||
| 2754 | Configuration fragments are simply kernel options that appear in a file | ||
| 2755 | placed where the OpenEmbedded build system can find and apply them. | ||
| 2756 | Syntactically, the configuration statement is identical to what would appear | ||
| 2757 | in the <filename>.config</filename> file, which is in the | ||
| 2758 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> in | ||
| 2759 | <filename>tmp/work/<arch>-poky-linux/linux-yocto-<release-specific-string>/linux-<arch>-<build-type></filename>. | ||
| 2760 | </para> | ||
| 2761 | |||
| 2762 | <para> | ||
| 2763 | It is simple to create a configuration fragment. | ||
| 2764 | For example, issuing the following from the shell creates a configuration fragment | ||
| 2765 | file named <filename>my_smp.cfg</filename> that enables multi-processor support | ||
| 2766 | within the kernel: | ||
| 2767 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2768 | $ echo "CONFIG_SMP=y" >> my_smp.cfg | ||
| 2769 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2770 | <note> | ||
| 2771 | All configuration files must use the <filename>.cfg</filename> extension in order | ||
| 2772 | for the OpenEmbedded build system to recognize them as a configuration fragment. | ||
| 2773 | </note> | ||
| 2774 | </para> | ||
| 2775 | |||
| 2776 | <para> | ||
| 2777 | Where do you put your configuration files? | ||
| 2778 | You can place these configuration files in the same area pointed to by | ||
| 2779 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>. | ||
| 2780 | The OpenEmbedded build system will pick up the configuration and add it to the | ||
| 2781 | kernel's configuration. | ||
| 2782 | For example, suppose you had a set of configuration options in a file called | ||
| 2783 | <filename>myconfig.cfg</filename>. | ||
| 2784 | If you put that file inside a directory named <filename>linux-yocto</filename> | ||
| 2785 | that resides in the same directory as the kernel's append file and then add | ||
| 2786 | a <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement such as the following to the kernel's append file, | ||
| 2787 | those configuration options will be picked up and applied when the kernel is built. | ||
| 2788 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2789 | SRC_URI += "file://myconfig.cfg" | ||
| 2790 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2791 | </para> | ||
| 2792 | |||
| 2793 | <para> | ||
| 2794 | As mentioned earlier, you can group related configurations into multiple files and | ||
| 2795 | name them all in the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement as well. | ||
| 2796 | For example, you could group separate configurations specifically for Ethernet and graphics | ||
| 2797 | into their own files and add those by using a <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement like the | ||
| 2798 | following in your append file: | ||
| 2799 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2800 | SRC_URI += "file://myconfig.cfg \ | ||
| 2801 | file://eth.cfg \ | ||
| 2802 | file://gfx.cfg" | ||
| 2803 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2804 | </para> | ||
| 2805 | </section> | ||
| 2806 | |||
| 2807 | <section id='fine-tuning-the-kernel-configuration-file'> | ||
| 2808 | <title>Fine-Tuning the Kernel Configuration File</title> | ||
| 2809 | |||
| 2810 | <para> | ||
| 2811 | You can make sure the <filename>.config</filename> file is as lean or efficient as | ||
| 2812 | possible by reading the output of the kernel configuration fragment audit, | ||
| 2813 | noting any issues, making changes to correct the issues, and then repeating. | ||
| 2814 | </para> | ||
| 2815 | |||
| 2816 | <para> | ||
| 2817 | As part of the kernel build process, the | ||
| 2818 | <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> task runs. | ||
| 2819 | This task validates the kernel configuration by checking the final | ||
| 2820 | <filename>.config</filename> file against the input files. | ||
| 2821 | During the check, the task produces warning messages for the following | ||
| 2822 | issues: | ||
| 2823 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 2824 | <listitem><para>Requested options that did not make the final | ||
| 2825 | <filename>.config</filename> file.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2826 | <listitem><para>Configuration items that appear twice in the same | ||
| 2827 | configuration fragment.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2828 | <listitem><para>Configuration items tagged as "required" were overridden. | ||
| 2829 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 2830 | <listitem><para>A board overrides a non-board specific option.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2831 | <listitem><para>Listed options not valid for the kernel being processed. | ||
| 2832 | In other words, the option does not appear anywhere.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2833 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 2834 | <note> | ||
| 2835 | The <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> task can also optionally report | ||
| 2836 | if an option is overridden during processing. | ||
| 2837 | </note> | ||
| 2838 | </para> | ||
| 2839 | |||
| 2840 | <para> | ||
| 2841 | For each output warning, a message points to the file | ||
| 2842 | that contains a list of the options and a pointer to the config | ||
| 2843 | fragment that defines them. | ||
| 2844 | Collectively, the files are the key to streamlining the configuration. | ||
| 2845 | </para> | ||
| 2846 | |||
| 2847 | <para> | ||
| 2848 | To streamline the configuration, do the following: | ||
| 2849 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 2850 | <listitem><para>Start with a full configuration that you know | ||
| 2851 | works - it builds and boots successfully. | ||
| 2852 | This configuration file will be your baseline.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2853 | <listitem><para>Separately run the <filename>configme</filename> and | ||
| 2854 | <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> tasks.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2855 | <listitem><para>Take the resulting list of files from the | ||
| 2856 | <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> task warnings and do the following: | ||
| 2857 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 2858 | <listitem><para>Drop values that are redefined in the fragment but do not | ||
| 2859 | change the final <filename>.config</filename> file.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2860 | <listitem><para>Analyze and potentially drop values from the | ||
| 2861 | <filename>.config</filename> file that override required | ||
| 2862 | configurations.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2863 | <listitem><para>Analyze and potentially remove non-board specific options. | ||
| 2864 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 2865 | <listitem><para>Remove repeated and invalid options.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2866 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
| 2867 | <listitem><para>After you have worked through the output of the kernel configuration | ||
| 2868 | audit, you can re-run the <filename>configme</filename> | ||
| 2869 | and <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> tasks to see the results of your | ||
| 2870 | changes. | ||
| 2871 | If you have more issues, you can deal with them as described in the | ||
| 2872 | previous step.</para></listitem> | ||
| 2873 | </orderedlist> | ||
| 2874 | </para> | ||
| 2875 | |||
| 2876 | <para> | ||
| 2877 | Iteratively working through steps two through four eventually yields | ||
| 2878 | a minimal, streamlined configuration file. | ||
| 2879 | Once you have the best <filename>.config</filename>, you can build the Linux | ||
| 2880 | Yocto kernel. | ||
| 2881 | </para> | ||
| 2882 | </section> | ||
| 2883 | </section> | ||
| 2884 | |||
| 2885 | <section id="patching-the-kernel"> | ||
| 2886 | <title>Patching the Kernel</title> | ||
| 2887 | |||
| 2888 | <para> | ||
| 2889 | Patching the kernel involves changing or adding configurations to an existing kernel, | ||
| 2890 | changing or adding recipes to the kernel that are needed to support specific hardware features, | ||
| 2891 | or even altering the source code itself. | ||
| 2892 | <note> | ||
| 2893 | You can use the <filename>yocto-kernel</filename> script | ||
| 2894 | found in the <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
| 2895 | under <filename>scripts</filename> to manage kernel patches and configuration. | ||
| 2896 | See the "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#managing-kernel-patches-and-config-items-with-yocto-kernel'>Managing kernel Patches and Config Items with yocto-kernel</ulink>" | ||
| 2897 | section in the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP) Developer's Guide for | ||
| 2898 | more information.</note> | ||
| 2899 | </para> | ||
| 2900 | |||
| 2901 | <para> | ||
| 2902 | This example creates a simple patch by adding some QEMU emulator console | ||
| 2903 | output at boot time through <filename>printk</filename> statements in the kernel's | ||
| 2904 | <filename>calibrate.c</filename> source code file. | ||
| 2905 | Applying the patch and booting the modified image causes the added | ||
| 2906 | messages to appear on the emulator's console. | ||
| 2907 | </para> | ||
| 2908 | |||
| 2909 | <para> | ||
| 2910 | The example assumes a clean build exists for the <filename>qemux86</filename> | ||
| 2911 | machine in a Source Directory named <filename>poky</filename>. | ||
| 2912 | Furthermore, the <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> is | ||
| 2913 | <filename>build</filename> and is located in <filename>poky</filename> and | ||
| 2914 | the kernel is based on the Linux 3.4 kernel. | ||
| 2915 | For general information on how to configure the most efficient build, see the | ||
| 2916 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#building-image'>Building an Image</ulink>" section | ||
| 2917 | in the Yocto Project Quick Start. | ||
| 2918 | </para> | ||
| 2919 | |||
| 2920 | <para> | ||
| 2921 | Also, for more information on patching the kernel, see the | ||
| 2922 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;#applying-patches'>Applying Patches</ulink>" | ||
| 2923 | section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. | ||
| 2924 | </para> | ||
| 2925 | |||
| 2926 | <section id='create-a-layer-for-your-changes'> | ||
| 2927 | <title>Create a Layer for your Changes</title> | ||
| 2928 | |||
| 2929 | <para> | ||
| 2930 | The first step is to create a layer so you can isolate your changes: | ||
| 2931 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2932 | $cd ~/poky | ||
| 2933 | $mkdir meta-mylayer | ||
| 2934 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2935 | Creating a directory that follows the Yocto Project layer naming | ||
| 2936 | conventions sets up the layer for your changes. | ||
| 2937 | The layer is where you place your configuration files, append | ||
| 2938 | files, and patch files. | ||
| 2939 | To learn more about creating a layer and filling it with the | ||
| 2940 | files you need, see the "<link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>Understanding | ||
| 2941 | and Creating Layers</link>" section. | ||
| 2942 | </para> | ||
| 2943 | </section> | ||
| 2944 | |||
| 2945 | <section id='finding-the-kernel-source-code'> | ||
| 2946 | <title>Finding the Kernel Source Code</title> | ||
| 2947 | |||
| 2948 | <para> | ||
| 2949 | Each time you build a kernel image, the kernel source code is fetched | ||
| 2950 | and unpacked into the following directory: | ||
| 2951 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2952 | ${S}/linux | ||
| 2953 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2954 | See the "<link linkend='finding-the-temporary-source-code'>Finding the Temporary Source Code</link>" | ||
| 2955 | section and the | ||
| 2956 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'><filename>S</filename></ulink> variable | ||
| 2957 | for more information about where source is kept during a build. | ||
| 2958 | </para> | ||
| 2959 | |||
| 2960 | <para> | ||
| 2961 | For this example, we are going to patch the | ||
| 2962 | <filename>init/calibrate.c</filename> file | ||
| 2963 | by adding some simple console <filename>printk</filename> statements that we can | ||
| 2964 | see when we boot the image using QEMU. | ||
| 2965 | </para> | ||
| 2966 | </section> | ||
| 2967 | |||
| 2968 | <section id='creating-the-patch'> | ||
| 2969 | <title>Creating the Patch</title> | ||
| 2970 | |||
| 2971 | <para> | ||
| 2972 | Two methods exist by which you can create the patch: | ||
| 2973 | <link linkend='using-a-git-workflow'>Git workflow</link> and | ||
| 2974 | <link linkend='using-a-quilt-workflow'>Quilt workflow</link>. | ||
| 2975 | For kernel patches, the Git workflow is more appropriate. | ||
| 2976 | This section assumes the Git workflow and shows the steps specific to | ||
| 2977 | this example. | ||
| 2978 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 2979 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Change the working directory</emphasis>: | ||
| 2980 | Change to where the kernel source code is before making | ||
| 2981 | your edits to the <filename>calibrate.c</filename> file: | ||
| 2982 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 2983 | $ cd ~/poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto-${PV}-${PR}/linux | ||
| 2984 | </literallayout> | ||
| 2985 | Because you are working in an established Git repository, | ||
| 2986 | you must be in this directory in order to commit your changes | ||
| 2987 | and create the patch file. | ||
| 2988 | <note>The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink> and | ||
| 2989 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink> variables | ||
| 2990 | represent the version and revision for the | ||
| 2991 | <filename>linux-yocto</filename> recipe. | ||
| 2992 | The <filename>PV</filename> variable includes the Git meta and machine | ||
| 2993 | hashes, which make the directory name longer than you might | ||
| 2994 | expect. | ||
| 2995 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
| 2996 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Edit the source file</emphasis>: | ||
| 2997 | Edit the <filename>init/calibrate.c</filename> file to have the | ||
| 2998 | following changes: | ||
| 2999 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3000 | void __cpuinit calibrate_delay(void) | ||
| 3001 | { | ||
| 3002 | unsigned long lpj; | ||
| 3003 | static bool printed; | ||
| 3004 | int this_cpu = smp_processor_id(); | ||
| 3005 | |||
| 3006 | printk("*************************************\n"); | ||
| 3007 | printk("* *\n"); | ||
| 3008 | printk("* HELLO YOCTO KERNEL *\n"); | ||
| 3009 | printk("* *\n"); | ||
| 3010 | printk("*************************************\n"); | ||
| 3011 | |||
| 3012 | if (per_cpu(cpu_loops_per_jiffy, this_cpu)) { | ||
| 3013 | . | ||
| 3014 | . | ||
| 3015 | . | ||
| 3016 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 3017 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Stage and commit your changes</emphasis>: | ||
| 3018 | These Git commands display the modified file, stage it, and then | ||
| 3019 | commit the file: | ||
| 3020 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3021 | $ git status | ||
| 3022 | $ git add init/calibrate.c | ||
| 3023 | $ git commit -m "calibrate: Add printk example" | ||
| 3024 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 3025 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Generate the patch file</emphasis>: | ||
| 3026 | This Git command creates the a patch file named | ||
| 3027 | <filename>0001-calibrate-Add-printk-example.patch</filename> | ||
| 3028 | in the current directory. | ||
| 3029 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3030 | $ git format-patch -1 | ||
| 3031 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3032 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3033 | </orderedlist> | ||
| 3034 | </para> | ||
| 3035 | </section> | ||
| 3036 | |||
| 3037 | <section id='set-up-your-layer-for-the-build'> | ||
| 3038 | <title>Set Up Your Layer for the Build</title> | ||
| 3039 | |||
| 3040 | <para>These steps get your layer set up for the build: | ||
| 3041 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 3042 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create additional structure</emphasis>: | ||
| 3043 | Create the additional layer structure: | ||
| 3044 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3045 | $ cd ~/poky/meta-mylayer | ||
| 3046 | $ mkdir conf | ||
| 3047 | $ mkdir recipes-kernel | ||
| 3048 | $ mkdir recipes-kernel/linux | ||
| 3049 | $ mkdir recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto | ||
| 3050 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3051 | The <filename>conf</filename> directory holds your configuration files, while the | ||
| 3052 | <filename>recipes-kernel</filename> directory holds your append file and | ||
| 3053 | your patch file.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3054 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create the layer configuration file</emphasis>: | ||
| 3055 | Move to the <filename>meta-mylayer/conf</filename> directory and create | ||
| 3056 | the <filename>layer.conf</filename> file as follows: | ||
| 3057 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3058 | # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH | ||
| 3059 | BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}" | ||
| 3060 | |||
| 3061 | # We have recipes-* directories, add to BBFILES | ||
| 3062 | BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \ | ||
| 3063 | ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend" | ||
| 3064 | |||
| 3065 | BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "mylayer" | ||
| 3066 | BBFILE_PATTERN_mylayer = "^${LAYERDIR}/" | ||
| 3067 | BBFILE_PRIORITY_mylayer = "5" | ||
| 3068 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3069 | Notice <filename>mylayer</filename> as part of the last three | ||
| 3070 | statements.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3071 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create the kernel recipe append file</emphasis>: | ||
| 3072 | Move to the <filename>meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux</filename> directory and create | ||
| 3073 | the <filename>linux-yocto_3.4.bbappend</filename> file as follows: | ||
| 3074 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3075 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" | ||
| 3076 | |||
| 3077 | SRC_URI += "file://0001-calibrate-Add-printk-example.patch" | ||
| 3078 | |||
| 3079 | PRINC := "${@int(PRINC) + 1}" | ||
| 3080 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3081 | The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESEXTRAPATHS'><filename>FILESEXTRAPATHS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3082 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3083 | statements enable the OpenEmbedded build system to find the patch file. | ||
| 3084 | For more information on using append files, see the | ||
| 3085 | "<link linkend='using-bbappend-files'>Using .bbappend Files</link>" | ||
| 3086 | section. | ||
| 3087 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3088 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Put the patch file in your layer</emphasis>: | ||
| 3089 | Move the <filename>0001-calibrate-Add-printk-example.patch</filename> file to | ||
| 3090 | the <filename>meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto</filename> | ||
| 3091 | directory.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3092 | </orderedlist> | ||
| 3093 | </para> | ||
| 3094 | </section> | ||
| 3095 | |||
| 3096 | <section id='set-up-for-the-build'> | ||
| 3097 | <title>Set Up for the Build</title> | ||
| 3098 | |||
| 3099 | <para> | ||
| 3100 | Do the following to make sure the build parameters are set up for the example. | ||
| 3101 | Once you set up these build parameters, they do not have to change unless you | ||
| 3102 | change the target architecture of the machine you are building: | ||
| 3103 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3104 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build for the correct target architecture:</emphasis> Your | ||
| 3105 | selected <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE'><filename>MACHINE</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3106 | definition within the <filename>local.conf</filename> file in the | ||
| 3107 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> | ||
| 3108 | specifies the target architecture used when building the Linux kernel. | ||
| 3109 | By default, <filename>MACHINE</filename> is set to | ||
| 3110 | <filename>qemux86</filename>, which specifies a 32-bit | ||
| 3111 | <trademark class='registered'>Intel</trademark> Architecture | ||
| 3112 | target machine suitable for the QEMU emulator.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3113 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Identify your <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> | ||
| 3114 | layer:</emphasis> The | ||
| 3115 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBLAYERS'><filename>BBLAYERS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3116 | variable in the | ||
| 3117 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file found in the | ||
| 3118 | <filename>poky/build/conf</filename> directory needs to have the path to your local | ||
| 3119 | <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> layer. | ||
| 3120 | By default, the <filename>BBLAYERS</filename> variable contains paths to | ||
| 3121 | <filename>meta</filename>, <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, and | ||
| 3122 | <filename>meta-yocto-bsp</filename> in the | ||
| 3123 | <filename>poky</filename> Git repository. | ||
| 3124 | Add the path to your <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> location: | ||
| 3125 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3126 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
| 3127 | $HOME/poky/meta \ | ||
| 3128 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
| 3129 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
| 3130 | $HOME/poky/meta-mylayer \ | ||
| 3131 | " | ||
| 3132 | |||
| 3133 | BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ | ||
| 3134 | $HOME/poky/meta \ | ||
| 3135 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
| 3136 | " | ||
| 3137 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 3138 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3139 | </para> | ||
| 3140 | </section> | ||
| 3141 | |||
| 3142 | <section id='build-the-modified-qemu-kernel-image'> | ||
| 3143 | <title>Build the Modified QEMU Kernel Image</title> | ||
| 3144 | |||
| 3145 | <para> | ||
| 3146 | The following steps build your modified kernel image: | ||
| 3147 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 3148 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Be sure your build environment is initialized</emphasis>: | ||
| 3149 | Your environment should be set up since you previously sourced | ||
| 3150 | the | ||
| 3151 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3152 | script. | ||
| 3153 | If it is not, source the script again from <filename>poky</filename>. | ||
| 3154 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3155 | $ cd ~/poky | ||
| 3156 | $ source &OE_INIT_FILE; | ||
| 3157 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3158 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3159 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Clean up</emphasis>: | ||
| 3160 | Be sure to clean the shared state out by running the | ||
| 3161 | <filename>cleansstate</filename> BitBake task as follows from your Build Directory: | ||
| 3162 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3163 | $ bitbake -c cleansstate linux-yocto | ||
| 3164 | </literallayout></para> | ||
| 3165 | <para><note>Never remove any files by hand from the <filename>tmp/deploy</filename> | ||
| 3166 | directory inside the | ||
| 3167 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
| 3168 | Always use the various BitBake clean tasks to clear out previous | ||
| 3169 | build artifacts. | ||
| 3170 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
| 3171 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the image</emphasis>: | ||
| 3172 | Next, build the kernel image using this command: | ||
| 3173 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3174 | $ bitbake -k linux-yocto | ||
| 3175 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 3176 | </orderedlist> | ||
| 3177 | </para> | ||
| 3178 | </section> | ||
| 3179 | |||
| 3180 | <section id='boot-the-image-and-verify-your-changes'> | ||
| 3181 | <title>Boot the Image and Verify Your Changes</title> | ||
| 3182 | |||
| 3183 | <para> | ||
| 3184 | These steps boot the image and allow you to see the changes | ||
| 3185 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 3186 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Boot the image</emphasis>: | ||
| 3187 | Boot the modified image in the QEMU emulator | ||
| 3188 | using this command: | ||
| 3189 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3190 | $ runqemu qemux86 | ||
| 3191 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 3192 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Verify the changes</emphasis>: | ||
| 3193 | Log into the machine using <filename>root</filename> with no password and then | ||
| 3194 | use the following shell command to scroll through the console's boot output. | ||
| 3195 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3196 | # dmesg | less | ||
| 3197 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3198 | You should see the results of your <filename>printk</filename> statements | ||
| 3199 | as part of the output.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3200 | </orderedlist> | ||
| 3201 | </para> | ||
| 3202 | </section> | ||
| 3203 | </section> | ||
| 3204 | |||
| 3205 | <section id='creating-your-own-distribution'> | ||
| 3206 | <title>Creating Your Own Distribution</title> | ||
| 3207 | |||
| 3208 | <para> | ||
| 3209 | When you build an image using the Yocto Project and | ||
| 3210 | do not alter any distribution | ||
| 3211 | <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link>, you are creating a | ||
| 3212 | Poky distribution. | ||
| 3213 | If you wish to gain more control over package alternative | ||
| 3214 | selections, compile-time options, and other low-level | ||
| 3215 | configurations, you can create your own distribution. | ||
| 3216 | </para> | ||
| 3217 | |||
| 3218 | <para> | ||
| 3219 | To create your own distribution, the basic steps consist of | ||
| 3220 | creating your own distribution layer, creating your own | ||
| 3221 | distribution configuration file, and then adding any needed | ||
| 3222 | code and Metadata to the layer. | ||
| 3223 | The following steps provide some more detail: | ||
| 3224 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3225 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a layer for your new distro:</emphasis> | ||
| 3226 | Create your distribution layer so that you can keep your | ||
| 3227 | Metadata and code for the distribution separate. | ||
| 3228 | It is strongly recommended that you create and use your own | ||
| 3229 | layer for configuration and code. | ||
| 3230 | Using your own layer as compared to just placing | ||
| 3231 | configurations in a <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
| 3232 | configuration file makes it easier to reproduce the same | ||
| 3233 | build configuration when using multiple build machines. | ||
| 3234 | See the | ||
| 3235 | "<link linkend='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</link>" | ||
| 3236 | section for information on how to quickly set up a layer. | ||
| 3237 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3238 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create the distribution configuration file:</emphasis> | ||
| 3239 | The distribution configuration file needs to be created in | ||
| 3240 | the <filename>conf/distro</filename> directory of your | ||
| 3241 | layer. | ||
| 3242 | You need to name it using your distribution name | ||
| 3243 | (e.g. <filename>mydistro.conf</filename>).</para> | ||
| 3244 | <para>You can split out parts of your configuration file | ||
| 3245 | into include files and then "require" them from within | ||
| 3246 | your distribution configuration file. | ||
| 3247 | Be sure to place the include files in the | ||
| 3248 | <filename>conf/distro/include</filename> directory of | ||
| 3249 | your layer. | ||
| 3250 | A common example usage of include files would be to | ||
| 3251 | separate out the selection of desired version and revisions | ||
| 3252 | for individual recipes. | ||
| 3253 | </para> | ||
| 3254 | <para>Your configuration file needs to set the following | ||
| 3255 | required variables: | ||
| 3256 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3257 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_NAME'><filename>DISTRO_NAME</filename></ulink> [required] | ||
| 3258 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_VERSION'><filename>DISTRO_VERSION</filename></ulink> [required] | ||
| 3259 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3260 | These following variables are optional and you typically | ||
| 3261 | set them from the distribution configuration file: | ||
| 3262 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3263 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink> [optional] | ||
| 3264 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS'><filename>DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS</filename></ulink> [optional] | ||
| 3265 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS'><filename>DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS</filename></ulink> [optional] | ||
| 3266 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TCLIBC'><filename>TCLIBC</filename></ulink> [optional] | ||
| 3267 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3268 | <tip> | ||
| 3269 | If you want to base your distribution configuration file | ||
| 3270 | on the very basic configuration from OE-Core, you | ||
| 3271 | can use | ||
| 3272 | <filename>conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf</filename> as | ||
| 3273 | a reference and just include variables that differ | ||
| 3274 | as compared to <filename>defaultsetup.conf</filename>. | ||
| 3275 | Alternatively, you can create a distribution | ||
| 3276 | configuration file from scratch using the | ||
| 3277 | <filename>defaultsetup.conf</filename> file | ||
| 3278 | or configuration files from other distributions | ||
| 3279 | such as Poky or Angstrom as references. | ||
| 3280 | </tip></para></listitem> | ||
| 3281 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Provide miscellaneous variables:</emphasis> | ||
| 3282 | Be sure to define any other variables for which you want to | ||
| 3283 | create a default or enforce as part of the distribution | ||
| 3284 | configuration. | ||
| 3285 | You can include nearly any variable from the | ||
| 3286 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file. | ||
| 3287 | The variables you use are not limited to the list in the | ||
| 3288 | previous bulleted item.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3289 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Point to Your distribution configuration file:</emphasis> | ||
| 3290 | In your <filename>local.conf</filename> file in the | ||
| 3291 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>, | ||
| 3292 | set your | ||
| 3293 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO'><filename>DISTRO</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3294 | variable to point to your distribution's configuration file. | ||
| 3295 | For example, if your distribution's configuration file is | ||
| 3296 | named <filename>mydistro.conf</filename>, then you point | ||
| 3297 | to it as follows: | ||
| 3298 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3299 | DISTRO = "mydistro" | ||
| 3300 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 3301 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Add more to the layer if necessary:</emphasis> | ||
| 3302 | Use your layer to hold other information needed for the | ||
| 3303 | distribution: | ||
| 3304 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3305 | <listitem><para>Add recipes for installing | ||
| 3306 | distro-specific configuration files that are not | ||
| 3307 | already installed by another recipe. | ||
| 3308 | If you have distro-specific configuration files | ||
| 3309 | that are included by an existing recipe, you should | ||
| 3310 | add a <filename>.bbappend</filename> for those. | ||
| 3311 | For general information and recommendations | ||
| 3312 | on how to add recipes to your layer, see the | ||
| 3313 | "<link linkend='creating-your-own-layer'>Creating Your Own Layer</link>" | ||
| 3314 | and | ||
| 3315 | "<link linkend='best-practices-to-follow-when-creating-layers'>Best Practices to Follow When Creating Layers</link>" | ||
| 3316 | sections.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3317 | <listitem><para>Add any image recipes that are specific | ||
| 3318 | to your distribution.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3319 | <listitem><para>Add a <filename>psplash</filename> | ||
| 3320 | append file for a branded splash screen. | ||
| 3321 | For information on append files, see the | ||
| 3322 | "<link linkend='using-bbappend-files'>Using .bbappend Files</link>" | ||
| 3323 | section.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3324 | <listitem><para>Add any other append files to make | ||
| 3325 | custom changes that are specific to individual | ||
| 3326 | recipes.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3327 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
| 3328 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3329 | </para> | ||
| 3330 | </section> | ||
| 3331 | |||
| 3332 | <section id='building-a-tiny-system'> | ||
| 3333 | <title>Building a Tiny System</title> | ||
| 3334 | |||
| 3335 | <para> | ||
| 3336 | Very small distributions have some significant advantages such | ||
| 3337 | as requiring less on-die or in-package memory (cheaper), better | ||
| 3338 | performance through efficient cache usage, lower power requirements | ||
| 3339 | due to less memory, faster boot times, and reduced development | ||
| 3340 | overhead. | ||
| 3341 | Some real-world examples where a very small distribution gives | ||
| 3342 | you distinct advantages are digital cameras, medical devices, | ||
| 3343 | and small headless systems. | ||
| 3344 | </para> | ||
| 3345 | |||
| 3346 | <para> | ||
| 3347 | This section presents information that shows you how you can | ||
| 3348 | trim your distribution to even smaller sizes than the | ||
| 3349 | <filename>poky-tiny</filename> distribution, which is around | ||
| 3350 | 5 Mbytes, that can be built out-of-the-box using the Yocto Project. | ||
| 3351 | </para> | ||
| 3352 | |||
| 3353 | <section id='tiny-system-overview'> | ||
| 3354 | <title>Overview</title> | ||
| 3355 | |||
| 3356 | <para> | ||
| 3357 | The following list presents the overall steps you need to | ||
| 3358 | consider and perform to create distributions with smaller | ||
| 3359 | root filesystems, faster boot times, maintain your critical | ||
| 3360 | functionality, and avoid initial RAM disks: | ||
| 3361 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3362 | <listitem><para>Determine your goals and guiding | ||
| 3363 | principles.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3364 | <listitem><para>Understand what gives your image size. | ||
| 3365 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3366 | <listitem><para>Reduce the size of the root filesystem. | ||
| 3367 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3368 | <listitem><para>Reduce the size of the kernel. | ||
| 3369 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3370 | <listitem><para>Eliminate packaging requirements. | ||
| 3371 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3372 | <listitem><para>Look for other ways to minimize size. | ||
| 3373 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3374 | <listitem><para>Iterate on the process.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3375 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3376 | </para> | ||
| 3377 | </section> | ||
| 3378 | |||
| 3379 | <section id='goals-and-guiding-principles'> | ||
| 3380 | <title>Goals and Guiding Principles</title> | ||
| 3381 | |||
| 3382 | <para> | ||
| 3383 | Before you can reach your destination, you need to know | ||
| 3384 | where you are going. | ||
| 3385 | Here is an example list that you can use as a guide when | ||
| 3386 | creating very small distributions: | ||
| 3387 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3388 | <listitem><para>Determine how much space you need | ||
| 3389 | (e.g. a kernel that is 1 Mbyte or less and | ||
| 3390 | a root filesystem that is 3 Mbytes or less). | ||
| 3391 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3392 | <listitem><para>Find the areas that are currently | ||
| 3393 | taking 90% of the space and concentrate on reducing | ||
| 3394 | those areas. | ||
| 3395 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3396 | <listitem><para>Do not create any difficult "hacks" | ||
| 3397 | to achieve your goals.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3398 | <listitem><para>Leverage the device-specific | ||
| 3399 | options.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3400 | <listitem><para>Work in a separate layer so that you | ||
| 3401 | keep changes isolated. | ||
| 3402 | For information on how to create layers, see | ||
| 3403 | the "<link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>Understanding and Creating Layers</link>" section. | ||
| 3404 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3405 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3406 | </para> | ||
| 3407 | </section> | ||
| 3408 | |||
| 3409 | <section id='understand-what-gives-your-image-size'> | ||
| 3410 | <title>Understand What Gives Your Image Size</title> | ||
| 3411 | |||
| 3412 | <para> | ||
| 3413 | It is easiest to have something to start with when creating | ||
| 3414 | your own distribution. | ||
| 3415 | You can use the Yocto Project out-of-the-box to create the | ||
| 3416 | <filename>poky-tiny</filename> distribution. | ||
| 3417 | Ultimately, you will want to make changes in your own | ||
| 3418 | distribution that are likely modeled after | ||
| 3419 | <filename>poky-tiny</filename>. | ||
| 3420 | <note> | ||
| 3421 | To use <filename>poky-tiny</filename> in your build, | ||
| 3422 | set the | ||
| 3423 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO'><filename>DISTRO</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3424 | variable in your | ||
| 3425 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file to "poky-tiny" | ||
| 3426 | as described in the | ||
| 3427 | "<link linkend='creating-your-own-distribution'>Creating Your Own Distribution</link>" | ||
| 3428 | section. | ||
| 3429 | </note> | ||
| 3430 | </para> | ||
| 3431 | |||
| 3432 | <para> | ||
| 3433 | Understanding some memory concepts will help you reduce the | ||
| 3434 | system size. | ||
| 3435 | Memory consists of static, dynamic, and temporary memory. | ||
| 3436 | Static memory is the TEXT (code), DATA (initialized data | ||
| 3437 | in the code), and BSS (uninitialized data) sections. | ||
| 3438 | Dynamic memory contains memory that is allocated at runtime, | ||
| 3439 | stacks, hash tables, and so forth. | ||
| 3440 | Temporary memory is recovered after the boot process. | ||
| 3441 | This memory consists of memory used for decompressing | ||
| 3442 | the kernel and for the <filename>__init__</filename> | ||
| 3443 | functions. | ||
| 3444 | </para> | ||
| 3445 | |||
| 3446 | <para> | ||
| 3447 | To help you see where you currently are with kernel and root | ||
| 3448 | filesystem sizes, you can use two tools found in the | ||
| 3449 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> in | ||
| 3450 | the <filename>scripts</filename> directory: | ||
| 3451 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3452 | <listitem><para><filename>ksize.py</filename>: Reports | ||
| 3453 | component sizes for the kernel build objects. | ||
| 3454 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3455 | <listitem><para><filename>dirsize.py</filename>: Reports | ||
| 3456 | component sizes for the root filesystem.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3457 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3458 | This next tool and command helps you organize configuration | ||
| 3459 | fragments and view file dependencies in a human-readable form: | ||
| 3460 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3461 | <listitem><para><filename>merge_config.sh</filename>: | ||
| 3462 | Helps you manage configuration files and fragments | ||
| 3463 | within the kernel. | ||
| 3464 | With this tool, you can merge individual configuration | ||
| 3465 | fragments together. | ||
| 3466 | The tool allows you to make overrides and warns you | ||
| 3467 | of any missing configuration options. | ||
| 3468 | The tool is ideal for allowing you to iterate on | ||
| 3469 | configurations, create minimal configurations, and | ||
| 3470 | create configuration files for different machines | ||
| 3471 | without having to duplicate your process.</para> | ||
| 3472 | <para>The <filename>merge_config.sh</filename> script is | ||
| 3473 | part of the Linux Yocto kernel Git repository in the | ||
| 3474 | <filename>scripts/kconfig</filename> directory.</para> | ||
| 3475 | <para>For more information on configuration fragments, | ||
| 3476 | see the | ||
| 3477 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;#generating-configuration-files'>Generating Configuration Files</ulink>" | ||
| 3478 | section of the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development | ||
| 3479 | Manual and the "<link linkend='creating-config-fragments'>Creating Configuration Fragments</link>" | ||
| 3480 | section, which is in this manual.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3481 | <listitem><para><filename>bitbake -u depexp -g <bitbake_target></filename>: | ||
| 3482 | Using the BitBake command with these options brings up | ||
| 3483 | a Dependency Explorer from which you can view file | ||
| 3484 | dependencies. | ||
| 3485 | Understanding these dependencies allows you to make | ||
| 3486 | informed decisions when cutting out various pieces of the | ||
| 3487 | kernel and root filesystem.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3488 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3489 | </para> | ||
| 3490 | </section> | ||
| 3491 | |||
| 3492 | <section id='trim-the-root-filesystem'> | ||
| 3493 | <title>Trim the Root Filesystem</title> | ||
| 3494 | |||
| 3495 | <para> | ||
| 3496 | The root filesystem is made up of packages for booting, | ||
| 3497 | libraries, and applications. | ||
| 3498 | To change things, you can configure how the packaging happens, | ||
| 3499 | which changes the way you build them. | ||
| 3500 | You can also tweak the filesystem itself or select a different | ||
| 3501 | filesystem. | ||
| 3502 | </para> | ||
| 3503 | |||
| 3504 | <para> | ||
| 3505 | First, find out what is hogging your root filesystem by running the | ||
| 3506 | <filename>dirsize.py</filename> script from your root directory: | ||
| 3507 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3508 | $ cd <root-directory-of-image> | ||
| 3509 | $ dirsize.py 100000 > dirsize-100k.log | ||
| 3510 | $ cat dirsize-100k.log | ||
| 3511 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3512 | You can apply a filter to the script to ignore files under | ||
| 3513 | a certain size. | ||
| 3514 | This example filters out anything below 100 Kbytes. | ||
| 3515 | The sizes reported by the tool are uncompressed and thus, | ||
| 3516 | will be smaller by a relatively constant factor in a | ||
| 3517 | compressed root filesystem. | ||
| 3518 | When you examine your log file, you can focus on areas of the | ||
| 3519 | root filesystem that take up large amounts of memory. | ||
| 3520 | </para> | ||
| 3521 | |||
| 3522 | <para> | ||
| 3523 | You need to be sure that what you eliminate does not cripple | ||
| 3524 | the functionality you need. | ||
| 3525 | One way to see how packages relate to each other is by using | ||
| 3526 | the Dependency Explorer UI with the BitBake command: | ||
| 3527 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3528 | $ cd <image-directory> | ||
| 3529 | $ bitbake -u depexp -g <image> | ||
| 3530 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3531 | Use the interface to select potential packages you wish to | ||
| 3532 | eliminate and see their dependency relationships. | ||
| 3533 | </para> | ||
| 3534 | |||
| 3535 | <para> | ||
| 3536 | When deciding how to reduce the size, get rid of packages that | ||
| 3537 | result in minimal impact on the feature set. | ||
| 3538 | For example, you might not need a VGA display. | ||
| 3539 | Or, you might be able to get by with <filename>devtmpfs</filename> | ||
| 3540 | and <filename>mdev</filename> instead of | ||
| 3541 | <filename>udev</filename>. | ||
| 3542 | </para> | ||
| 3543 | |||
| 3544 | <para> | ||
| 3545 | Use the <filename>local.conf</filename> file to make changes. | ||
| 3546 | For example, to eliminate <filename>udev</filename> and | ||
| 3547 | <filename>glib</filename>, set the following in the | ||
| 3548 | local configuration file: | ||
| 3549 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3550 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "" | ||
| 3551 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3552 | </para> | ||
| 3553 | |||
| 3554 | <para> | ||
| 3555 | Finally, you should consider exactly the type of root | ||
| 3556 | filesystem you need to meet your needs while also reducing | ||
| 3557 | its size. | ||
| 3558 | For example, consider <filename>cramfs</filename>, | ||
| 3559 | <filename>squashfs</filename>, <filename>ubifs</filename>, | ||
| 3560 | <filename>ext2</filename>, or an <filename>initramfs</filename> | ||
| 3561 | using <filename>initramfs</filename>. | ||
| 3562 | Be aware that <filename>ext3</filename> requires a 1 Mbyte | ||
| 3563 | journal. | ||
| 3564 | If you are okay with running read-only you do not need this | ||
| 3565 | journal. | ||
| 3566 | </para> | ||
| 3567 | |||
| 3568 | <note> | ||
| 3569 | After each round of elimination, you need to rebuild your | ||
| 3570 | system and then use the tools to see the effects of your | ||
| 3571 | reductions. | ||
| 3572 | </note> | ||
| 3573 | |||
| 3574 | |||
| 3575 | </section> | ||
| 3576 | |||
| 3577 | <section id='trim-the-kernel'> | ||
| 3578 | <title>Trim the Kernel</title> | ||
| 3579 | |||
| 3580 | <para> | ||
| 3581 | The kernel is built by including policies for hardware-independent | ||
| 3582 | aspects. | ||
| 3583 | What subsystems do you enable? | ||
| 3584 | For what architecture are you building? | ||
| 3585 | Which drivers do you build by default. | ||
| 3586 | <note>You can modify the kernel source if you want to help | ||
| 3587 | with boot time. | ||
| 3588 | </note> | ||
| 3589 | </para> | ||
| 3590 | |||
| 3591 | <para> | ||
| 3592 | Run the <filename>ksize.py</filename> script from the top-level | ||
| 3593 | Linux build directory to get an idea of what is making up | ||
| 3594 | the kernel: | ||
| 3595 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3596 | $ cd <top-level-linux-build-directory> | ||
| 3597 | $ ksize.py > ksize.log | ||
| 3598 | $ cat ksize.log | ||
| 3599 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3600 | When you examine the log, you will see how much space is | ||
| 3601 | taken up with the built-in <filename>.o</filename> files for | ||
| 3602 | drivers, networking, core kernel files, filesystem, sound, | ||
| 3603 | and so forth. | ||
| 3604 | The sizes reported by the tool are uncompressed and thus, | ||
| 3605 | will be smaller by a relatively constant factor in a compressed | ||
| 3606 | kernel image. | ||
| 3607 | Look to reduce the areas that are large and taking up around | ||
| 3608 | the "90% rule." | ||
| 3609 | </para> | ||
| 3610 | |||
| 3611 | <para> | ||
| 3612 | To examine, or drill down, into any particular area, use the | ||
| 3613 | <filename>-d</filename> option with the script: | ||
| 3614 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3615 | $ ksize.py -d > ksize.log | ||
| 3616 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3617 | Using this option breaks out the individual file information | ||
| 3618 | for each area of the kernel (e.g. drivers, networking, and | ||
| 3619 | so forth). | ||
| 3620 | </para> | ||
| 3621 | |||
| 3622 | <para> | ||
| 3623 | Use your log file to see what you can eliminate from the kernel | ||
| 3624 | based on features you can let go. | ||
| 3625 | For example, if you are not going to need sound, you do not | ||
| 3626 | need any drivers that support sound. | ||
| 3627 | </para> | ||
| 3628 | |||
| 3629 | <para> | ||
| 3630 | After figuring out what to eliminate, you need to reconfigure | ||
| 3631 | the kernel to reflect those changes during the next build. | ||
| 3632 | You could run <filename>menuconfig</filename> and make all your | ||
| 3633 | changes at once. | ||
| 3634 | However, that makes it difficult to see the effects of your | ||
| 3635 | individual eliminations and also makes it difficult to replicate | ||
| 3636 | the changes for perhaps another target device. | ||
| 3637 | A better method is to start with no configurations using | ||
| 3638 | <filename>allnoconfig</filename>, create configuration | ||
| 3639 | fragments for individual changes, and then manage the | ||
| 3640 | fragments into a single configuration file using | ||
| 3641 | <filename>merge_config.sh</filename>. | ||
| 3642 | The tool makes it easy for you to iterate using the | ||
| 3643 | configuration change and build cycle. | ||
| 3644 | </para> | ||
| 3645 | |||
| 3646 | <para> | ||
| 3647 | Each time you make configuration changes, you need to rebuild | ||
| 3648 | the kernel and check to see what impact your changes had on | ||
| 3649 | the overall size. | ||
| 3650 | </para> | ||
| 3651 | </section> | ||
| 3652 | |||
| 3653 | <section id='remove-package-management-requirements'> | ||
| 3654 | <title>Remove Package Management Requirements</title> | ||
| 3655 | |||
| 3656 | <para> | ||
| 3657 | Packaging requirements add size to the image. | ||
| 3658 | One way to reduce the size of the image is to remove all the | ||
| 3659 | packaging requirements from the image. | ||
| 3660 | This reduction includes both removing the package manager | ||
| 3661 | and its unique dependencies as well as removing the package | ||
| 3662 | management data itself. | ||
| 3663 | </para> | ||
| 3664 | |||
| 3665 | <para> | ||
| 3666 | To eliminate all the packaging requirements for an image, | ||
| 3667 | follow these steps: | ||
| 3668 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 3669 | <listitem><para>Put the following line in your main | ||
| 3670 | recipe for the image to remove package management | ||
| 3671 | data files: | ||
| 3672 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3673 | ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "remove_packaging_data_files ; | ||
| 3674 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3675 | For example, the recipe for the | ||
| 3676 | <filename>core-image-minimal</filename> image contains | ||
| 3677 | this line. | ||
| 3678 | You can also add the line to the | ||
| 3679 | <filename>local.conf</filename> configuration file. | ||
| 3680 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3681 | <listitem><para>Be sure that "package-management" is not | ||
| 3682 | part of your | ||
| 3683 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3684 | statement for the image. | ||
| 3685 | When you remove this feature, you are removing the | ||
| 3686 | package manager as well as its dependencies | ||
| 3687 | from the root filesystem. | ||
| 3688 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3689 | </orderedlist> | ||
| 3690 | </para> | ||
| 3691 | </section> | ||
| 3692 | |||
| 3693 | <section id='look-for-other-ways-to-minimize-size'> | ||
| 3694 | <title>Look for Other Ways to Minimize Size</title> | ||
| 3695 | |||
| 3696 | <para> | ||
| 3697 | Depending on your particular circumstances, other areas that you | ||
| 3698 | can trim likely exist. | ||
| 3699 | The key to finding these areas is through tools and methods | ||
| 3700 | described here combined with experimentation and iteration. | ||
| 3701 | Here are a couple of areas to experiment with: | ||
| 3702 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3703 | <listitem><para><filename>eglibc</filename>: | ||
| 3704 | In general, follow this process: | ||
| 3705 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 3706 | <listitem><para>Remove <filename>eglibc</filename> | ||
| 3707 | features from | ||
| 3708 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3709 | that you think you do not need.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3710 | <listitem><para>Build your distribution. | ||
| 3711 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3712 | <listitem><para>If the build fails due to missing | ||
| 3713 | symbols in a package, determine if you can | ||
| 3714 | reconfigure the package to not need those | ||
| 3715 | features. | ||
| 3716 | For example, change the configuration to not | ||
| 3717 | support wide character support as is done for | ||
| 3718 | <filename>ncurses</filename>. | ||
| 3719 | Or, if support for those characters is needed, | ||
| 3720 | determine what <filename>eglibc</filename> | ||
| 3721 | features provide the support and restore the | ||
| 3722 | configuration. | ||
| 3723 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3724 | <listitem><para>Rebuild and repeat the process. | ||
| 3725 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3726 | </orderedlist></para></listitem> | ||
| 3727 | <listitem><para><filename>busybox</filename>: | ||
| 3728 | For BusyBox, use a process similar as described for | ||
| 3729 | <filename>eglibc</filename>. | ||
| 3730 | A difference is you will need to boot the resulting | ||
| 3731 | system to see if you are able to do everything you | ||
| 3732 | expect from the running system. | ||
| 3733 | You need to be sure to integrate configuration fragments | ||
| 3734 | into Busybox because BusyBox handles its own core | ||
| 3735 | features and then allows you to add configuration | ||
| 3736 | fragments on top. | ||
| 3737 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3738 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3739 | </para> | ||
| 3740 | </section> | ||
| 3741 | |||
| 3742 | <section id='iterate-on-the-process'> | ||
| 3743 | <title>Iterate on the Process</title> | ||
| 3744 | |||
| 3745 | <para> | ||
| 3746 | If you have not reached your goals on system size, you need | ||
| 3747 | to iterate on the process. | ||
| 3748 | The process is the same. | ||
| 3749 | Use the tools and see just what is taking up 90% of the root | ||
| 3750 | filesystem and the kernel. | ||
| 3751 | Decide what you can eliminate without limiting your device | ||
| 3752 | beyond what you need. | ||
| 3753 | </para> | ||
| 3754 | |||
| 3755 | <para> | ||
| 3756 | Depending on your system, a good place to look might be | ||
| 3757 | Busybox, which provides a stripped down | ||
| 3758 | version of Unix tools in a single, executable file. | ||
| 3759 | You might be able to drop virtual terminal services or perhaps | ||
| 3760 | ipv6. | ||
| 3761 | </para> | ||
| 3762 | </section> | ||
| 3763 | </section> | ||
| 3764 | |||
| 3765 | <section id='working-with-packages'> | ||
| 3766 | <title>Working with Packages</title> | ||
| 3767 | |||
| 3768 | <para> | ||
| 3769 | This section describes a few tasks that involve packages: | ||
| 3770 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3771 | <listitem><para>Excluding packages from an image | ||
| 3772 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3773 | <listitem><para>Incrementing a package revision number | ||
| 3774 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3775 | <listitem><para>Handling a package name alias | ||
| 3776 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3777 | <listitem><para>Handling optional module packaging | ||
| 3778 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3779 | <listitem><para>Using Runtime Package Management | ||
| 3780 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3781 | <listitem><para>Setting up and running package test | ||
| 3782 | (ptest) | ||
| 3783 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3784 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3785 | </para> | ||
| 3786 | |||
| 3787 | <section id='excluding-packages-from-an-image'> | ||
| 3788 | <title>Excluding Packages from an Image</title> | ||
| 3789 | |||
| 3790 | <para> | ||
| 3791 | You might find it necessary to prevent specific packages | ||
| 3792 | from being installed into an image. | ||
| 3793 | If so, you can use several variables to direct the build | ||
| 3794 | system to essentially ignore installing recommended packages | ||
| 3795 | or to not install a package at all. | ||
| 3796 | </para> | ||
| 3797 | |||
| 3798 | <para> | ||
| 3799 | The following list introduces variables you can use to | ||
| 3800 | prevent packages from being installed into your image. | ||
| 3801 | Each of these variables only works with IPK and RPM | ||
| 3802 | package types. | ||
| 3803 | Support for Debian packages does not exist. | ||
| 3804 | Also, you can use these variables from your | ||
| 3805 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file or attach them to a | ||
| 3806 | specific image recipe by using a recipe name override. | ||
| 3807 | For more detail on the variables, see the descriptions in the | ||
| 3808 | Yocto Project Reference Manual's glossary chapter. | ||
| 3809 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3810 | <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS'><filename>BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS</filename></ulink>: | ||
| 3811 | Use this variable to specify "recommended-only" | ||
| 3812 | packages that you do not want installed. | ||
| 3813 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3814 | <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-NO_RECOMMENDATIONS'><filename>NO_RECOMMENDATIONS</filename></ulink>: | ||
| 3815 | Use this variable to prevent all "recommended-only" | ||
| 3816 | packages from being installed. | ||
| 3817 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3818 | <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGE_EXCLUDE'><filename>PACKAGE_EXCLUDE</filename></ulink>: | ||
| 3819 | Use this variable to prevent specific packages from | ||
| 3820 | being installed regardless of whether they are | ||
| 3821 | "recommended-only" or not. | ||
| 3822 | You need to realize that the build process could | ||
| 3823 | fail with an error when you | ||
| 3824 | prevent the installation of a package whose presence | ||
| 3825 | is required by an installed package. | ||
| 3826 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 3827 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3828 | </para> | ||
| 3829 | </section> | ||
| 3830 | |||
| 3831 | <section id='incrementing-a-package-revision-number'> | ||
| 3832 | <title>Incrementing a Package Revision Number</title> | ||
| 3833 | |||
| 3834 | <para> | ||
| 3835 | If a committed change results in changing the package output, | ||
| 3836 | then the value of the | ||
| 3837 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3838 | variable needs to be increased (or "bumped"). | ||
| 3839 | Increasing <filename>PR</filename> occurs one of two ways: | ||
| 3840 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 3841 | <listitem><para>Automatically using a Package Revision | ||
| 3842 | Service (PR Service).</para></listitem> | ||
| 3843 | <listitem><para>Manually incrementing the | ||
| 3844 | <filename>PR</filename> variable.</para></listitem> | ||
| 3845 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 3846 | </para> | ||
| 3847 | |||
| 3848 | <para> | ||
| 3849 | Given that one of the challenges any build system and its | ||
| 3850 | users face is how to maintain a package feed that is compatible | ||
| 3851 | with existing package manager applications such as | ||
| 3852 | RPM, APT, and OPKG, using an automated system is much | ||
| 3853 | preferred over a manual system. | ||
| 3854 | In either system, the main requirement is that version | ||
| 3855 | numbering increases in a linear fashion and that a number of | ||
| 3856 | version components exist that support that linear progression. | ||
| 3857 | </para> | ||
| 3858 | |||
| 3859 | <para> | ||
| 3860 | The following two sections provide information on the PR Service | ||
| 3861 | and on manual <filename>PR</filename> bumping. | ||
| 3862 | </para> | ||
| 3863 | |||
| 3864 | <section id='working-with-a-pr-service'> | ||
| 3865 | <title>Working With a PR Service</title> | ||
| 3866 | |||
| 3867 | <para> | ||
| 3868 | As mentioned, attempting to maintain revision numbers in the | ||
| 3869 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#metadata'>Metadata</ulink> | ||
| 3870 | is error prone, inaccurate and causes problems for people | ||
| 3871 | submitting recipes. | ||
| 3872 | Conversely, the PR Service automatically generates | ||
| 3873 | increasing numbers, particularly the revision field, | ||
| 3874 | which removes the human element. | ||
| 3875 | <note> | ||
| 3876 | For additional information on using a PR Service, you | ||
| 3877 | can see the | ||
| 3878 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/PR_Service'>PR Service</ulink> | ||
| 3879 | wiki page. | ||
| 3880 | </note> | ||
| 3881 | </para> | ||
| 3882 | |||
| 3883 | <para> | ||
| 3884 | The Yocto Project uses variables in order of | ||
| 3885 | decreasing priority to facilitate revision numbering (i.e. | ||
| 3886 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PE'><filename>PE</filename></ulink>, | ||
| 3887 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink>, and | ||
| 3888 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink> | ||
| 3889 | for epoch, version and revision, respectively). | ||
| 3890 | The values are highly dependent on the policies and | ||
| 3891 | procedures of a given distribution and package feed. | ||
| 3892 | </para> | ||
| 3893 | |||
| 3894 | <para> | ||
| 3895 | Because the OpenEmbedded build system uses | ||
| 3896 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#checksums'>signatures</ulink>", | ||
| 3897 | which are unique to a given build, the build system | ||
| 3898 | knows when to rebuild packages. | ||
| 3899 | All the inputs into a given task are represented by a | ||
| 3900 | signature, which can trigger a rebuild when different. | ||
| 3901 | Thus, the build system itself does not rely on the | ||
| 3902 | <filename>PR</filename> numbers to trigger a rebuild. | ||
| 3903 | The signatures, however, can be used to generate | ||
| 3904 | <filename>PR</filename> values. | ||
| 3905 | </para> | ||
| 3906 | |||
| 3907 | <para> | ||
| 3908 | The PR Service works with both | ||
| 3909 | <filename>OEBasic</filename> and | ||
| 3910 | <filename>OEBasicHash</filename> generators. | ||
| 3911 | The value of <filename>PR</filename> bumps when the | ||
| 3912 | checksum changes and the different generator mechanisms | ||
| 3913 | change signatures under different circumstances. | ||
| 3914 | </para> | ||
| 3915 | |||
| 3916 | <para> | ||
| 3917 | As implemented, the build system includes values from | ||
| 3918 | the PR Service into the <filename>PR</filename> field as | ||
| 3919 | an addition using the form "<filename>.x</filename>" so | ||
| 3920 | <filename>r0</filename> becomes <filename>r0.1</filename>, | ||
| 3921 | <filename>r0.2</filename> and so forth. | ||
| 3922 | This scheme allows existing <filename>PR</filename> values | ||
| 3923 | to be used for whatever reasons, which include manual | ||
| 3924 | <filename>PR</filename> bumps should it be necessary. | ||
| 3925 | </para> | ||
| 3926 | |||
| 3927 | <para> | ||
| 3928 | By default, the PR Service is not enabled or running. | ||
| 3929 | Thus, the packages generated are just "self consistent". | ||
| 3930 | The build system adds and removes packages and | ||
| 3931 | there are no guarantees about upgrade paths but images | ||
| 3932 | will be consistent and correct with the latest changes. | ||
| 3933 | </para> | ||
| 3934 | |||
| 3935 | <para> | ||
| 3936 | The simplest form for a PR Service is for it to exist | ||
| 3937 | for a single host development system that builds the | ||
| 3938 | package feed (building system). | ||
| 3939 | For this scenario, you can enable the PR Service by adding | ||
| 3940 | the following to your <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
| 3941 | file in the | ||
| 3942 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>: | ||
| 3943 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3944 | PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" | ||
| 3945 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3946 | Once the service is started, packages will automatically | ||
| 3947 | get increasing <filename>PR</filename> values and | ||
| 3948 | BitBake will take care of starting and stopping the server. | ||
| 3949 | </para> | ||
| 3950 | |||
| 3951 | <para> | ||
| 3952 | If you have a more complex setup where multiple host | ||
| 3953 | development systems work against a common, shared package | ||
| 3954 | feed, you have a single PR Service running and it is | ||
| 3955 | connected to each building system. | ||
| 3956 | For this scenario, you need to start the PR Service using | ||
| 3957 | the <filename>bitbake-prserv</filename> command: | ||
| 3958 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3959 | bitbake-prserv ‐‐host <ip> ‐‐port <port> ‐‐start | ||
| 3960 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3961 | In addition to hand-starting the service, you need to | ||
| 3962 | update the <filename>local.conf</filename> file of each | ||
| 3963 | building system as described earlier so each system | ||
| 3964 | points to the server and port. | ||
| 3965 | </para> | ||
| 3966 | |||
| 3967 | <para> | ||
| 3968 | It is also recommended you use Build History, which adds | ||
| 3969 | some sanity checks to package versions, in conjunction with | ||
| 3970 | the server that is running the PR Service. | ||
| 3971 | To enable build history, add the following to each building | ||
| 3972 | system's <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
| 3973 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 3974 | # It is recommended to activate "buildhistory" for testing the PR service | ||
| 3975 | INHERIT += "buildhistory" | ||
| 3976 | BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1" | ||
| 3977 | </literallayout> | ||
| 3978 | For information on Build History, see the | ||
| 3979 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#maintaining-build-output-quality'>Maintaining Build Output Quality</ulink>" | ||
| 3980 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual. | ||
| 3981 | </para> | ||
| 3982 | |||
| 3983 | <note> | ||
| 3984 | <para>The OpenEmbedded build system does not maintain | ||
| 3985 | <filename>PR</filename> information as part of the | ||
| 3986 | shared state (sstate) packages. | ||
| 3987 | If you maintain an sstate feed, its expected that either | ||
| 3988 | all your building systems that contribute to the sstate | ||
| 3989 | feed use a shared PR Service, or you do not run a PR | ||
| 3990 | Service on any of your building systems. | ||
| 3991 | Having some systems use a PR Service while others do | ||
| 3992 | not leads to obvious problems.</para> | ||
| 3993 | <para>For more information on shared state, see the | ||
| 3994 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#shared-state-cache'>Shared State Cache</ulink>" | ||
| 3995 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.</para> | ||
| 3996 | </note> | ||
| 3997 | </section> | ||
| 3998 | |||
| 3999 | <section id='manually-bumping-pr'> | ||
| 4000 | <title>Manually Bumping PR</title> | ||
| 4001 | |||
| 4002 | <para> | ||
| 4003 | The alternative to setting up a PR Service is to manually | ||
| 4004 | bump the | ||
| 4005 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4006 | variable. | ||
| 4007 | </para> | ||
| 4008 | |||
| 4009 | <para> | ||
| 4010 | If a committed change results in changing the package output, | ||
| 4011 | then the value of the PR variable needs to be increased | ||
| 4012 | (or "bumped") as part of that commit. | ||
| 4013 | For new recipes you should add the <filename>PR</filename> | ||
| 4014 | variable and set its initial value equal to "r0", which is the default. | ||
| 4015 | Even though the default value is "r0", the practice of adding it to a new recipe makes | ||
| 4016 | it harder to forget to bump the variable when you make changes | ||
| 4017 | to the recipe in future. | ||
| 4018 | </para> | ||
| 4019 | |||
| 4020 | <para> | ||
| 4021 | If you are sharing a common <filename>.inc</filename> file with multiple recipes, | ||
| 4022 | you can also use the | ||
| 4023 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-INC_PR'>INC_PR</ulink></filename> | ||
| 4024 | variable to ensure that | ||
| 4025 | the recipes sharing the <filename>.inc</filename> file are rebuilt when the | ||
| 4026 | <filename>.inc</filename> file itself is changed. | ||
| 4027 | The <filename>.inc</filename> file must set <filename>INC_PR</filename> | ||
| 4028 | (initially to "r0"), and all recipes referring to it should set <filename>PR</filename> | ||
| 4029 | to "$(INC_PR).0" initially, incrementing the last number when the recipe is changed. | ||
| 4030 | If the <filename>.inc</filename> file is changed then its | ||
| 4031 | <filename>INC_PR</filename> should be incremented. | ||
| 4032 | </para> | ||
| 4033 | |||
| 4034 | <para> | ||
| 4035 | When upgrading the version of a package, assuming the | ||
| 4036 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'>PV</ulink></filename> | ||
| 4037 | changes, the <filename>PR</filename> variable should be | ||
| 4038 | reset to "r0" (or "$(INC_PR).0" if you are using | ||
| 4039 | <filename>INC_PR</filename>). | ||
| 4040 | </para> | ||
| 4041 | |||
| 4042 | <para> | ||
| 4043 | Usually, version increases occur only to packages. | ||
| 4044 | However, if for some reason <filename>PV</filename> changes but does not | ||
| 4045 | increase, you can increase the | ||
| 4046 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PE'>PE</ulink></filename> | ||
| 4047 | variable (Package Epoch). | ||
| 4048 | The <filename>PE</filename> variable defaults to "0". | ||
| 4049 | </para> | ||
| 4050 | |||
| 4051 | <para> | ||
| 4052 | Version numbering strives to follow the | ||
| 4053 | <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html'> | ||
| 4054 | Debian Version Field Policy Guidelines</ulink>. | ||
| 4055 | These guidelines define how versions are compared and what "increasing" a version means. | ||
| 4056 | </para> | ||
| 4057 | </section> | ||
| 4058 | </section> | ||
| 4059 | |||
| 4060 | <section id="usingpoky-configuring-DISTRO_PN_ALIAS"> | ||
| 4061 | <title>Handling a Package Name Alias</title> | ||
| 4062 | <para> | ||
| 4063 | Sometimes a package name you are using might exist under an alias or as a similarly named | ||
| 4064 | package in a different distribution. | ||
| 4065 | The OpenEmbedded build system implements a <filename>distro_check</filename> | ||
| 4066 | task that automatically connects to major distributions | ||
| 4067 | and checks for these situations. | ||
| 4068 | If the package exists under a different name in a different distribution, you get a | ||
| 4069 | <filename>distro_check</filename> mismatch. | ||
| 4070 | You can resolve this problem by defining a per-distro recipe name alias using the | ||
| 4071 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_PN_ALIAS'>DISTRO_PN_ALIAS</ulink></filename> | ||
| 4072 | variable. | ||
| 4073 | </para> | ||
| 4074 | |||
| 4075 | <para> | ||
| 4076 | Following is an example that shows how you specify the <filename>DISTRO_PN_ALIAS</filename> | ||
| 4077 | variable: | ||
| 4078 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4079 | DISTRO_PN_ALIAS_pn-PACKAGENAME = "distro1=package_name_alias1 \ | ||
| 4080 | distro2=package_name_alias2 \ | ||
| 4081 | distro3=package_name_alias3 \ | ||
| 4082 | ..." | ||
| 4083 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4084 | </para> | ||
| 4085 | |||
| 4086 | <para> | ||
| 4087 | If you have more than one distribution alias, separate them with a space. | ||
| 4088 | Note that the build system currently automatically checks the | ||
| 4089 | Fedora, OpenSUSE, Debian, Ubuntu, | ||
| 4090 | and Mandriva distributions for source package recipes without having to specify them | ||
| 4091 | using the <filename>DISTRO_PN_ALIAS</filename> variable. | ||
| 4092 | For example, the following command generates a report that lists the Linux distributions | ||
| 4093 | that include the sources for each of the recipes. | ||
| 4094 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4095 | $ bitbake world -f -c distro_check | ||
| 4096 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4097 | The results are stored in the <filename>build/tmp/log/distro_check-${DATETIME}.results</filename> | ||
| 4098 | file found in the | ||
| 4099 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
| 4100 | </para> | ||
| 4101 | </section> | ||
| 4102 | |||
| 4103 | <section id='handling-optional-module-packaging'> | ||
| 4104 | <title>Handling Optional Module Packaging</title> | ||
| 4105 | |||
| 4106 | <para> | ||
| 4107 | Many pieces of software split functionality into optional | ||
| 4108 | modules (or plug-ins) and the plug-ins that are built | ||
| 4109 | might depend on configuration options. | ||
| 4110 | To avoid having to duplicate the logic that determines what | ||
| 4111 | modules are available in your recipe or to avoid having | ||
| 4112 | to package each module by hand, the OpenEmbedded build system | ||
| 4113 | provides functionality to handle module packaging dynamically. | ||
| 4114 | </para> | ||
| 4115 | |||
| 4116 | <para> | ||
| 4117 | To handle optional module packaging, you need to do two things: | ||
| 4118 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 4119 | <listitem><para>Ensure the module packaging is actually | ||
| 4120 | done</para></listitem> | ||
| 4121 | <listitem><para>Ensure that any dependencies on optional | ||
| 4122 | modules from other recipes are satisfied by your recipe | ||
| 4123 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4124 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 4125 | </para> | ||
| 4126 | |||
| 4127 | <section id='making-sure-the-packaging-is-done'> | ||
| 4128 | <title>Making Sure the Packaging is Done</title> | ||
| 4129 | |||
| 4130 | <para> | ||
| 4131 | To ensure the module packaging actually gets done, you use | ||
| 4132 | the <filename>do_split_packages</filename> function within | ||
| 4133 | the <filename>populate_packages</filename> Python function | ||
| 4134 | in your recipe. | ||
| 4135 | The <filename>do_split_packages</filename> function | ||
| 4136 | searches for a pattern of files or directories under a | ||
| 4137 | specified path and creates a package for each one it finds | ||
| 4138 | by appending to the | ||
| 4139 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4140 | variable and setting the appropriate values for | ||
| 4141 | <filename>FILES_packagename</filename>, | ||
| 4142 | <filename>RDEPENDS_packagename</filename>, | ||
| 4143 | <filename>DESCRIPTION_packagename</filename>, and so forth. | ||
| 4144 | Here is an example from the <filename>lighttpd</filename> | ||
| 4145 | recipe: | ||
| 4146 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4147 | python populate_packages_prepend () { | ||
| 4148 | lighttpd_libdir = d.expand('${libdir}') | ||
| 4149 | do_split_packages(d, lighttpd_libdir, '^mod_(.*)\.so$', | ||
| 4150 | 'lighttpd-module-%s', 'Lighttpd module for %s', | ||
| 4151 | extra_depends='') | ||
| 4152 | } | ||
| 4153 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4154 | The previous example specifies a number of things in the | ||
| 4155 | call to <filename>do_split_packages</filename>. | ||
| 4156 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 4157 | <listitem><para>A directory within the files installed | ||
| 4158 | by your recipe through <filename>do_install</filename> | ||
| 4159 | in which to search.</para></listitem> | ||
| 4160 | <listitem><para>A regular expression to match module | ||
| 4161 | files in that directory. | ||
| 4162 | In the example, note the parentheses () that mark | ||
| 4163 | the part of the expression from which the module | ||
| 4164 | name should be derived.</para></listitem> | ||
| 4165 | <listitem><para>A pattern to use for the package names. | ||
| 4166 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4167 | <listitem><para>A description for each package. | ||
| 4168 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4169 | <listitem><para>An empty string for | ||
| 4170 | <filename>extra_depends</filename>, which disables | ||
| 4171 | the default dependency on the main | ||
| 4172 | <filename>lighttpd</filename> package. | ||
| 4173 | Thus, if a file in <filename>${libdir}</filename> | ||
| 4174 | called <filename>mod_alias.so</filename> is found, | ||
| 4175 | a package called <filename>lighttpd-module-alias</filename> | ||
| 4176 | is created for it and the | ||
| 4177 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DESCRIPTION'><filename>DESCRIPTION</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4178 | is set to "Lighttpd module for alias".</para></listitem> | ||
| 4179 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 4180 | </para> | ||
| 4181 | |||
| 4182 | <para> | ||
| 4183 | Often, packaging modules is as simple as the previous | ||
| 4184 | example. | ||
| 4185 | However, more advanced options exist that you can use | ||
| 4186 | within <filename>do_split_packages</filename> to modify its | ||
| 4187 | behavior. | ||
| 4188 | And, if you need to, you can add more logic by specifying | ||
| 4189 | a hook function that is called for each package. | ||
| 4190 | It is also perfectly acceptable to call | ||
| 4191 | <filename>do_split_packages</filename> multiple times if | ||
| 4192 | you have more than one set of modules to package. | ||
| 4193 | </para> | ||
| 4194 | |||
| 4195 | <para> | ||
| 4196 | For more examples that show how to use | ||
| 4197 | <filename>do_split_packages</filename>, see the | ||
| 4198 | <filename>connman.inc</filename> file in the | ||
| 4199 | <filename>meta/recipes-connectivity/connman/</filename> | ||
| 4200 | directory of the <filename>poky</filename> | ||
| 4201 | <link linkend='yocto-project-repositories'>source repository</link>. | ||
| 4202 | You can also find examples in | ||
| 4203 | <filename>meta/classes/kernel.bbclass</filename>. | ||
| 4204 | </para> | ||
| 4205 | |||
| 4206 | <para> | ||
| 4207 | Following is a reference that shows | ||
| 4208 | <filename>do_split_packages</filename> mandatory and | ||
| 4209 | optional arguments: | ||
| 4210 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4211 | Mandatory arguments | ||
| 4212 | |||
| 4213 | root | ||
| 4214 | The path in which to search | ||
| 4215 | file_regex | ||
| 4216 | Regular expression to match searched files. | ||
| 4217 | Use parentheses () to mark the part of this | ||
| 4218 | expression that should be used to derive the | ||
| 4219 | module name (to be substituted where %s is | ||
| 4220 | used in other function arguments as noted below) | ||
| 4221 | output_pattern | ||
| 4222 | Pattern to use for the package names. Must | ||
| 4223 | include %s. | ||
| 4224 | description | ||
| 4225 | Description to set for each package. Must | ||
| 4226 | include %s. | ||
| 4227 | |||
| 4228 | Optional arguments | ||
| 4229 | |||
| 4230 | postinst | ||
| 4231 | Postinstall script to use for all packages | ||
| 4232 | (as a string) | ||
| 4233 | recursive | ||
| 4234 | True to perform a recursive search - default | ||
| 4235 | False | ||
| 4236 | hook | ||
| 4237 | A hook function to be called for every match. | ||
| 4238 | The function will be called with the following | ||
| 4239 | arguments (in the order listed): | ||
| 4240 | |||
| 4241 | f | ||
| 4242 | Full path to the file/directory match | ||
| 4243 | pkg | ||
| 4244 | The package name | ||
| 4245 | file_regex | ||
| 4246 | As above | ||
| 4247 | output_pattern | ||
| 4248 | As above | ||
| 4249 | modulename | ||
| 4250 | The module name derived using file_regex | ||
| 4251 | |||
| 4252 | extra_depends | ||
| 4253 | Extra runtime dependencies (RDEPENDS) to be | ||
| 4254 | set for all packages. The default value of None | ||
| 4255 | causes a dependency on the main package | ||
| 4256 | (${PN}) - if you do not want this, pass empty | ||
| 4257 | string '' for this parameter. | ||
| 4258 | aux_files_pattern | ||
| 4259 | Extra item(s) to be added to FILES for each | ||
| 4260 | package. Can be a single string item or a list | ||
| 4261 | of strings for multiple items. Must include %s. | ||
| 4262 | postrm | ||
| 4263 | postrm script to use for all packages (as a | ||
| 4264 | string) | ||
| 4265 | allow_dirs | ||
| 4266 | True to allow directories to be matched - | ||
| 4267 | default False | ||
| 4268 | prepend | ||
| 4269 | If True, prepend created packages to PACKAGES | ||
| 4270 | instead of the default False which appends them | ||
| 4271 | match_path | ||
| 4272 | match file_regex on the whole relative path to | ||
| 4273 | the root rather than just the file name | ||
| 4274 | aux_files_pattern_verbatim | ||
| 4275 | Extra item(s) to be added to FILES for each | ||
| 4276 | package, using the actual derived module name | ||
| 4277 | rather than converting it to something legal | ||
| 4278 | for a package name. Can be a single string item | ||
| 4279 | or a list of strings for multiple items. Must | ||
| 4280 | include %s. | ||
| 4281 | allow_links | ||
| 4282 | True to allow symlinks to be matched - default | ||
| 4283 | False | ||
| 4284 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4285 | </para> | ||
| 4286 | </section> | ||
| 4287 | |||
| 4288 | <section id='satisfying-dependencies'> | ||
| 4289 | <title>Satisfying Dependencies</title> | ||
| 4290 | |||
| 4291 | <para> | ||
| 4292 | The second part for handling optional module packaging | ||
| 4293 | is to ensure that any dependencies on optional modules | ||
| 4294 | from other recipes are satisfied by your recipe. | ||
| 4295 | You can be sure these dependencies are satisfied by | ||
| 4296 | using the | ||
| 4297 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES_DYNAMIC'><filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename></ulink> variable. | ||
| 4298 | Here is an example that continues with the | ||
| 4299 | <filename>lighttpd</filename> recipe shown earlier: | ||
| 4300 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4301 | PACKAGES_DYNAMIC = "lighttpd-module-.*" | ||
| 4302 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4303 | The name specified in the regular expression can of | ||
| 4304 | course be anything. | ||
| 4305 | In this example, it is <filename>lighttpd-module-</filename> | ||
| 4306 | and is specified as the prefix to ensure that any | ||
| 4307 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4308 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4309 | on a package name starting with the prefix are satisfied | ||
| 4310 | during build time. | ||
| 4311 | If you are using <filename>do_split_packages</filename> | ||
| 4312 | as described in the previous section, the value you put in | ||
| 4313 | <filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename> should correspond to | ||
| 4314 | the name pattern specified in the call to | ||
| 4315 | <filename>do_split_packages</filename>. | ||
| 4316 | </para> | ||
| 4317 | </section> | ||
| 4318 | </section> | ||
| 4319 | |||
| 4320 | <section id='using-runtime-package-management'> | ||
| 4321 | <title>Using Runtime Package Management</title> | ||
| 4322 | |||
| 4323 | <para> | ||
| 4324 | During a build, BitBake always transforms a recipe into one or | ||
| 4325 | more packages. | ||
| 4326 | For example, BitBake takes the <filename>bash</filename> recipe | ||
| 4327 | and currently produces the <filename>bash-dbg</filename>, | ||
| 4328 | <filename>bash-staticdev</filename>, | ||
| 4329 | <filename>bash-dev</filename>, <filename>bash-doc</filename>, | ||
| 4330 | <filename>bash-locale</filename>, and | ||
| 4331 | <filename>bash</filename> packages. | ||
| 4332 | Not all generated packages are included in an image. | ||
| 4333 | </para> | ||
| 4334 | |||
| 4335 | <para> | ||
| 4336 | In several situations, you might need to update, add, remove, | ||
| 4337 | or query the packages on a target device at runtime | ||
| 4338 | (i.e. without having to generate a new image). | ||
| 4339 | Examples of such situations include: | ||
| 4340 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 4341 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 4342 | You want to provide in-the-field updates to deployed | ||
| 4343 | devices (e.g. security updates). | ||
| 4344 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4345 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 4346 | You want to have a fast turn-around development cycle | ||
| 4347 | for one or more applications that run on your device. | ||
| 4348 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4349 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 4350 | You want to temporarily install the "debug" packages | ||
| 4351 | of various applications on your device so that | ||
| 4352 | debugging can be greatly improved by allowing | ||
| 4353 | access to symbols and source debugging. | ||
| 4354 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4355 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 4356 | You want to deploy a more minimal package selection of | ||
| 4357 | your device but allow in-the-field updates to add a | ||
| 4358 | larger selection for customization. | ||
| 4359 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4360 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 4361 | </para> | ||
| 4362 | |||
| 4363 | <para> | ||
| 4364 | In all these situations, you have something similar to a more | ||
| 4365 | traditional Linux distribution in that in-field devices | ||
| 4366 | are able to receive pre-compiled packages from a server for | ||
| 4367 | installation or update. | ||
| 4368 | Being able to install these packages on a running, | ||
| 4369 | in-field device is what is termed "runtime package | ||
| 4370 | management". | ||
| 4371 | </para> | ||
| 4372 | |||
| 4373 | <para> | ||
| 4374 | In order to use runtime package management, you | ||
| 4375 | need a host/server machine that serves up the pre-compiled | ||
| 4376 | packages plus the required metadata. | ||
| 4377 | You also need package manipulation tools on the target. | ||
| 4378 | The build machine is a likely candidate to act as the server. | ||
| 4379 | However, that machine does not necessarily have to be the | ||
| 4380 | package server. | ||
| 4381 | The build machine could push its artifacts to another machine | ||
| 4382 | that acts as the server (e.g. Internet-facing). | ||
| 4383 | </para> | ||
| 4384 | |||
| 4385 | <para> | ||
| 4386 | A simple build that targets just one device produces | ||
| 4387 | more than one package database. | ||
| 4388 | In other words, the packages produced by a build are separated | ||
| 4389 | out into a couple of different package groupings based on | ||
| 4390 | criteria such as the target's CPU architecture, the target | ||
| 4391 | board, or the C library used on the target. | ||
| 4392 | For example, a build targeting the <filename>qemuarm</filename> | ||
| 4393 | device produces the following three package databases: | ||
| 4394 | <filename>all</filename>, <filename>armv5te</filename>, and | ||
| 4395 | <filename>qemuarm</filename>. | ||
| 4396 | If you wanted your <filename>qemuarm</filename> device to be | ||
| 4397 | aware of all the packages that were available to it, | ||
| 4398 | you would need to point it to each of these databases | ||
| 4399 | individually. | ||
| 4400 | In a similar way, a traditional Linux distribution usually is | ||
| 4401 | configured to be aware of a number of software repositories | ||
| 4402 | from which it retrieves packages. | ||
| 4403 | </para> | ||
| 4404 | |||
| 4405 | <para> | ||
| 4406 | Using runtime package management is completely optional and | ||
| 4407 | not required for a successful build or deployment in any | ||
| 4408 | way. | ||
| 4409 | But if you want to make use of runtime package management, | ||
| 4410 | you need to do a couple things above and beyond the basics. | ||
| 4411 | The remainder of this section describes what you need to do. | ||
| 4412 | </para> | ||
| 4413 | |||
| 4414 | <section id='runtime-package-management-build'> | ||
| 4415 | <title>Build Considerations</title> | ||
| 4416 | |||
| 4417 | <para> | ||
| 4418 | This section describes build considerations that you need | ||
| 4419 | to be aware of in order to provide support for runtime | ||
| 4420 | package management. | ||
| 4421 | </para> | ||
| 4422 | |||
| 4423 | <para> | ||
| 4424 | When BitBake generates packages it needs to know | ||
| 4425 | what format(s) to use. | ||
| 4426 | In your configuration, you use the | ||
| 4427 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGE_CLASSES'><filename>PACKAGE_CLASSES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4428 | variable to specify the format. | ||
| 4429 | <note> | ||
| 4430 | You can choose to have more than one format but you must | ||
| 4431 | provide at least one. | ||
| 4432 | </note> | ||
| 4433 | </para> | ||
| 4434 | |||
| 4435 | <para> | ||
| 4436 | If you would like your image to start off with a basic | ||
| 4437 | package database of the packages in your current build | ||
| 4438 | as well as have the relevant tools available on the | ||
| 4439 | target for runtime package management, you can include | ||
| 4440 | "package-management" in the | ||
| 4441 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4442 | variable. | ||
| 4443 | Including "package-management" in this | ||
| 4444 | configuration variable ensures that when the image | ||
| 4445 | is assembled for your target, the image includes | ||
| 4446 | the currently-known package databases as well as | ||
| 4447 | the target-specific tools required for runtime | ||
| 4448 | package management to be performed on the target. | ||
| 4449 | However, this is not strictly necessary. | ||
| 4450 | You could start your image off without any databases | ||
| 4451 | but only include the required on-target package | ||
| 4452 | tool(s). | ||
| 4453 | As an example, you could include "opkg" in your | ||
| 4454 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'><filename>IMAGE_INSTALL</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4455 | variable if you are using the IPK package format. | ||
| 4456 | You can then initialize your target's package database(s) | ||
| 4457 | later once your image is up and running. | ||
| 4458 | </para> | ||
| 4459 | |||
| 4460 | <para> | ||
| 4461 | Whenever you perform any sort of build step that can | ||
| 4462 | potentially generate a package or modify an existing | ||
| 4463 | package, it is always a good idea to re-generate the | ||
| 4464 | package index with: | ||
| 4465 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4466 | $ bitbake package-index | ||
| 4467 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4468 | Realize that it is not sufficient to simply do the | ||
| 4469 | following: | ||
| 4470 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4471 | $ bitbake <some-package> package-index | ||
| 4472 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4473 | This is because BitBake does not properly schedule the | ||
| 4474 | <filename>package-index</filename> target fully after any | ||
| 4475 | other target has completed. | ||
| 4476 | Thus, be sure to run the package update step separately. | ||
| 4477 | </para> | ||
| 4478 | |||
| 4479 | <para> | ||
| 4480 | As described below in the | ||
| 4481 | "<link linkend='runtime-package-management-target-ipk'>Using IPK</link>" | ||
| 4482 | section, if you are using IPK as your package format, you | ||
| 4483 | can make use of the | ||
| 4484 | <filename>distro-feed-configs</filename> recipe provided | ||
| 4485 | by <filename>meta-oe</filename> in order to configure your | ||
| 4486 | target to use your IPK databases. | ||
| 4487 | </para> | ||
| 4488 | |||
| 4489 | <para> | ||
| 4490 | When your build is complete, your packages reside in the | ||
| 4491 | <filename>${TMPDIR}/deploy/<package-format></filename> | ||
| 4492 | directory. | ||
| 4493 | For example, if <filename>${TMPDIR}</filename> | ||
| 4494 | is <filename>tmp</filename> and your selected package type | ||
| 4495 | is IPK, then your IPK packages are available in | ||
| 4496 | <filename>tmp/deploy/ipk</filename>. | ||
| 4497 | </para> | ||
| 4498 | </section> | ||
| 4499 | |||
| 4500 | <section id='runtime-package-management-server'> | ||
| 4501 | <title>Host or Server Machine Setup</title> | ||
| 4502 | |||
| 4503 | <para> | ||
| 4504 | Typically, packages are served from a server using | ||
| 4505 | HTTP. | ||
| 4506 | However, other protocols are possible. | ||
| 4507 | If you want to use HTTP, then setup and configure a | ||
| 4508 | web server, such as Apache 2 or lighttpd, on the machine | ||
| 4509 | serving the packages. | ||
| 4510 | </para> | ||
| 4511 | |||
| 4512 | <para> | ||
| 4513 | As previously mentioned, the build machine can act as the | ||
| 4514 | package server. | ||
| 4515 | In the following sections that describe server machine | ||
| 4516 | setups, the build machine is assumed to also be the server. | ||
| 4517 | </para> | ||
| 4518 | |||
| 4519 | <section id='package-server-apache'> | ||
| 4520 | <title>Serving Packages via Apache 2</title> | ||
| 4521 | |||
| 4522 | <para> | ||
| 4523 | This example assumes you are using the Apache 2 | ||
| 4524 | server: | ||
| 4525 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 4526 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 4527 | Add the directory to your Apache | ||
| 4528 | configuration, which you can find at | ||
| 4529 | <filename>/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</filename>. | ||
| 4530 | Use commands similar to these on the | ||
| 4531 | development system. | ||
| 4532 | These example commands assume a top-level | ||
| 4533 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
| 4534 | named <filename>poky</filename> in your home | ||
| 4535 | directory. | ||
| 4536 | The example also assumes an RPM package type. | ||
| 4537 | If you are using a different package type, such | ||
| 4538 | as IPK, use "ipk" in the pathnames: | ||
| 4539 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4540 | <VirtualHost *:80> | ||
| 4541 | .... | ||
| 4542 | Alias /rpm ~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/rpm | ||
| 4543 | <Directory "~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/rpm"> | ||
| 4544 | Options +Indexes | ||
| 4545 | </Directory> | ||
| 4546 | </VirtualHost> | ||
| 4547 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 4548 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 4549 | Reload the Apache configuration as described | ||
| 4550 | in this step. | ||
| 4551 | For all commands, be sure you have root | ||
| 4552 | privileges. | ||
| 4553 | </para> | ||
| 4554 | |||
| 4555 | <para> | ||
| 4556 | If your development system is using Fedora or | ||
| 4557 | CentOS, use the following: | ||
| 4558 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4559 | # service httpd reload | ||
| 4560 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4561 | For Ubuntu and Debian, use the following: | ||
| 4562 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4563 | # /etc/init.d/apache2 reload | ||
| 4564 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4565 | For OpenSUSE, use the following: | ||
| 4566 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4567 | # /etc/init.d/apache2 reload | ||
| 4568 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 4569 | <listitem><para> | ||
| 4570 | If you are using Security-Enhanced Linux | ||
| 4571 | (SELinux), you need to label the files as | ||
| 4572 | being accessible through Apache. | ||
| 4573 | Use the following command from the development | ||
| 4574 | host. | ||
| 4575 | This example assumes RPM package types: | ||
| 4576 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4577 | # chcon -R -h -t httpd_sys_content_t tmp/deploy/rpm | ||
| 4578 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 4579 | </orderedlist> | ||
| 4580 | </para> | ||
| 4581 | </section> | ||
| 4582 | |||
| 4583 | <section id='package-server-lighttpd'> | ||
| 4584 | <title>Serving Packages via lighttpd</title> | ||
| 4585 | |||
| 4586 | <para> | ||
| 4587 | If you are using lighttpd, all you need | ||
| 4588 | to do is to provide a link from your | ||
| 4589 | <filename>${TMPDIR}/deploy/<package-format></filename> | ||
| 4590 | directory to lighttpd's document-root. | ||
| 4591 | You can determine the specifics of your lighttpd | ||
| 4592 | installation by looking through its configuration file, | ||
| 4593 | which is usually found at: | ||
| 4594 | <filename>/etc/lighttpd/lighttpd.conf</filename>. | ||
| 4595 | </para> | ||
| 4596 | |||
| 4597 | <para> | ||
| 4598 | For example, if you are using IPK, lighttpd's | ||
| 4599 | document-root is set to | ||
| 4600 | <filename>/var/www/lighttpd</filename>, and you had | ||
| 4601 | packages for a target named "BOARD", | ||
| 4602 | then you might create a link from your build location | ||
| 4603 | to lighttpd's document-root as follows: | ||
| 4604 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4605 | # ln -s $(PWD)/tmp/deploy/ipk /var/www/lighttpd/BOARD-dir | ||
| 4606 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4607 | </para> | ||
| 4608 | |||
| 4609 | <para> | ||
| 4610 | At this point, you need to start the lighttpd server. | ||
| 4611 | The method used to start the server varies by | ||
| 4612 | distribution. | ||
| 4613 | However, one basic method that starts it by hand is: | ||
| 4614 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4615 | # lighttpd -f /etc/lighttpd/lighttpd.conf | ||
| 4616 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4617 | </para> | ||
| 4618 | </section> | ||
| 4619 | </section> | ||
| 4620 | |||
| 4621 | <section id='runtime-package-management-target'> | ||
| 4622 | <title>Target Setup</title> | ||
| 4623 | |||
| 4624 | <para> | ||
| 4625 | Setting up the target differs depending on the | ||
| 4626 | package management system. | ||
| 4627 | This section provides information for RPM and IPK. | ||
| 4628 | </para> | ||
| 4629 | |||
| 4630 | <section id='runtime-package-management-target-rpm'> | ||
| 4631 | <title>Using RPM</title> | ||
| 4632 | |||
| 4633 | <para> | ||
| 4634 | The application for performing runtime package | ||
| 4635 | management of RPM packages on the target is called | ||
| 4636 | <filename>smart</filename>. | ||
| 4637 | </para> | ||
| 4638 | |||
| 4639 | <para> | ||
| 4640 | On the target machine, you need to inform | ||
| 4641 | <filename>smart</filename> of every package database | ||
| 4642 | you want to use. | ||
| 4643 | As an example, suppose your target device can use the | ||
| 4644 | following three package databases from a server named | ||
| 4645 | <filename>server.name</filename>: | ||
| 4646 | <filename>all</filename>, <filename>i586</filename>, | ||
| 4647 | and <filename>qemux86</filename>. | ||
| 4648 | Given this example, issue the following commands on the | ||
| 4649 | target: | ||
| 4650 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4651 | # smart channel --add all type=rpm-md baseurl=http://server.name/rpm/all | ||
| 4652 | # smart channel --add i585 type=rpm-md baseurl=http://server.name/rpm/i586 | ||
| 4653 | # smart channel --add qemux86 type=rpm-md baseurl=http://server.name/rpm/qemux86 | ||
| 4654 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4655 | Also from the target machine, fetch the repository | ||
| 4656 | information using this command: | ||
| 4657 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4658 | # smart update | ||
| 4659 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4660 | You can now use the <filename>smart query</filename> | ||
| 4661 | and <filename>smart install</filename> commands to | ||
| 4662 | find and install packages from the repositories. | ||
| 4663 | </para> | ||
| 4664 | </section> | ||
| 4665 | |||
| 4666 | <section id='runtime-package-management-target-ipk'> | ||
| 4667 | <title>Using IPK</title> | ||
| 4668 | |||
| 4669 | <para> | ||
| 4670 | The application for performing runtime package | ||
| 4671 | management of IPK packages on the target is called | ||
| 4672 | <filename>opkg</filename>. | ||
| 4673 | </para> | ||
| 4674 | |||
| 4675 | <para> | ||
| 4676 | In order to inform <filename>opkg</filename> of the | ||
| 4677 | package databases you want to use, simply create one | ||
| 4678 | or more <filename>*.conf</filename> files in the | ||
| 4679 | <filename>/etc/opkg</filename> directory on the target. | ||
| 4680 | The <filename>opkg</filename> application uses them | ||
| 4681 | to find its available package databases. | ||
| 4682 | As an example, suppose you configured your HTTP server | ||
| 4683 | on your machine named | ||
| 4684 | <filename>www.mysite.com</filename> to serve files | ||
| 4685 | from a <filename>BOARD-dir</filename> directory under | ||
| 4686 | its document-root. | ||
| 4687 | In this case, you might create a configuration | ||
| 4688 | file on the target called | ||
| 4689 | <filename>/etc/opkg/base-feeds.conf</filename> that | ||
| 4690 | contains: | ||
| 4691 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4692 | src/gz all http://www.mysite.com/BOARD-dir/all | ||
| 4693 | src/gz armv7a http://www.mysite.com/BOARD-dir/armv7a | ||
| 4694 | src/gz beagleboard http://www.mysite.com/BOARD-dir/beagleboard | ||
| 4695 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4696 | </para> | ||
| 4697 | |||
| 4698 | <para> | ||
| 4699 | As a way of making it easier to generate and make | ||
| 4700 | these IPK configuration files available on your | ||
| 4701 | target, simply define | ||
| 4702 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI'><filename>FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4703 | to point to your server and the location within the | ||
| 4704 | document-root which contains the databases. | ||
| 4705 | For example: if you are serving your packages over | ||
| 4706 | HTTP, your server's IP address is 192.168.7.1, and | ||
| 4707 | your databases are located in a directory called | ||
| 4708 | <filename>BOARD-dir</filename> underneath your HTTP | ||
| 4709 | server's document-root, you need to set | ||
| 4710 | <filename>FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI</filename> to | ||
| 4711 | <filename>http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir</filename> and | ||
| 4712 | a set of configuration files will be generated for you | ||
| 4713 | in your target to work with this feed. | ||
| 4714 | </para> | ||
| 4715 | |||
| 4716 | <para> | ||
| 4717 | On the target machine, fetch (or refresh) the | ||
| 4718 | repository information using this command: | ||
| 4719 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4720 | # opkg update | ||
| 4721 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4722 | You can now use the <filename>opkg list</filename> and | ||
| 4723 | <filename>opkg install</filename> commands to find and | ||
| 4724 | install packages from the repositories. | ||
| 4725 | </para> | ||
| 4726 | </section> | ||
| 4727 | </section> | ||
| 4728 | </section> | ||
| 4729 | |||
| 4730 | <section id='testing-packages-with-ptest'> | ||
| 4731 | <title>Testing Packages With ptest</title> | ||
| 4732 | |||
| 4733 | <para> | ||
| 4734 | A Package Test (ptest) runs tests against packages built | ||
| 4735 | by the OpenEmbedded build system on the target machine. | ||
| 4736 | A ptest contains at least two items: the actual test, and | ||
| 4737 | a shell script (<filename>run-ptest</filename>) that starts | ||
| 4738 | the test. | ||
| 4739 | The shell script that starts the test must not contain | ||
| 4740 | the actual test, the script only starts it. | ||
| 4741 | On the other hand, the test can be anything from a simple | ||
| 4742 | shell script that runs a binary and checks the output to | ||
| 4743 | an elaborate system of test binaries and data files. | ||
| 4744 | </para> | ||
| 4745 | |||
| 4746 | <para> | ||
| 4747 | The test generates output in the format used by | ||
| 4748 | Automake: | ||
| 4749 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4750 | <result>: <testname> | ||
| 4751 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4752 | where the result can be <filename>PASS</filename>, | ||
| 4753 | <filename>FAIL</filename>, or <filename>SKIP</filename>, | ||
| 4754 | and the testname can be any identifying string. | ||
| 4755 | </para> | ||
| 4756 | |||
| 4757 | <note> | ||
| 4758 | With this release of the Yocto Project, three recipes exist | ||
| 4759 | that are "ptest-enabled": <filename>bash</filename>, | ||
| 4760 | <filename>glib-2.0</filename>, and | ||
| 4761 | <filename>dbus</filename>. | ||
| 4762 | These three recipes are Autotool-enabled. | ||
| 4763 | </note> | ||
| 4764 | |||
| 4765 | <section id='adding-ptest-to-your-build'> | ||
| 4766 | <title>Adding ptest to Your Build</title> | ||
| 4767 | |||
| 4768 | <para> | ||
| 4769 | To add package testing to your build, add the | ||
| 4770 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4771 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4772 | variables to your <filename>local.conf</filename> file, | ||
| 4773 | which is found in the | ||
| 4774 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>: | ||
| 4775 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4776 | DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " ptest" | ||
| 4777 | EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "ptest-pkgs" | ||
| 4778 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4779 | Once your build is complete, the ptest files are installed | ||
| 4780 | into the <filename>/usr/lib/<package>/ptest</filename> | ||
| 4781 | directory within the image, where | ||
| 4782 | <filename><package></filename> is the name of the | ||
| 4783 | package. | ||
| 4784 | </para> | ||
| 4785 | </section> | ||
| 4786 | |||
| 4787 | <section id='running-ptest'> | ||
| 4788 | <title>Running ptest</title> | ||
| 4789 | |||
| 4790 | <para> | ||
| 4791 | The <filename>ptest-runner</filename> package installs a | ||
| 4792 | shell script that loops through all installed ptest test | ||
| 4793 | suites and runs them in sequence. | ||
| 4794 | Consequently, you might want to add this package to | ||
| 4795 | your image. | ||
| 4796 | </para> | ||
| 4797 | </section> | ||
| 4798 | |||
| 4799 | <section id='getting-your-package-ready'> | ||
| 4800 | <title>Getting Your Package Ready</title> | ||
| 4801 | |||
| 4802 | <para> | ||
| 4803 | In order to enable a recipe to run installed ptests | ||
| 4804 | on target hardware, | ||
| 4805 | you need to prepare the recipes that build the packages | ||
| 4806 | you want to test. | ||
| 4807 | Here is what you have to do for each recipe: | ||
| 4808 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 4809 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Be sure the recipe | ||
| 4810 | inherits ptest:</emphasis> | ||
| 4811 | Include the following line in each recipe: | ||
| 4812 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4813 | inherit ptest | ||
| 4814 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4815 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4816 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create <filename>run-ptest</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 4817 | This script starts your test. | ||
| 4818 | Locate the script where you will refer to it | ||
| 4819 | using | ||
| 4820 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>. | ||
| 4821 | Here is an example that starts a test for | ||
| 4822 | <filename>dbus</filename>: | ||
| 4823 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4824 | #!/bin/sh | ||
| 4825 | cd test | ||
| 4826 | make -k runtest-TESTS | ||
| 4827 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4828 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4829 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Ensure dependencies are | ||
| 4830 | met:</emphasis> | ||
| 4831 | If the test adds build or runtime dependencies | ||
| 4832 | that normally do not exist for the package | ||
| 4833 | (such as requiring "make" to run the test suite), | ||
| 4834 | use the | ||
| 4835 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4836 | and | ||
| 4837 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4838 | variables in your recipe in order for the package | ||
| 4839 | to meet the dependencies. | ||
| 4840 | Here is an example where the package has a runtime | ||
| 4841 | dependency on "make": | ||
| 4842 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4843 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-ptest += "make" | ||
| 4844 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4845 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4846 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Add a function to build the | ||
| 4847 | test suite:</emphasis> | ||
| 4848 | Not many packages support cross-compilation of | ||
| 4849 | their test suites. | ||
| 4850 | Consequently, you usually need to add a | ||
| 4851 | cross-compilation function to the package. | ||
| 4852 | </para> | ||
| 4853 | <para>Many packages based on Automake compile and | ||
| 4854 | run the test suite by using a single command | ||
| 4855 | such as <filename>make check</filename>. | ||
| 4856 | However, the native <filename>make check</filename> | ||
| 4857 | builds and runs on the same computer, while | ||
| 4858 | cross-compiling requires that the package is built | ||
| 4859 | on the host but executed on the target. | ||
| 4860 | The built version of Automake that ships with the | ||
| 4861 | Yocto Project includes a patch that separates | ||
| 4862 | building and execution. | ||
| 4863 | Consequently, packages that use the unaltered, | ||
| 4864 | patched version of <filename>make check</filename> | ||
| 4865 | automatically cross-compiles.</para> | ||
| 4866 | <para>However, you still must add a | ||
| 4867 | <filename>do_compile_ptest</filename> function to | ||
| 4868 | build the test suite. | ||
| 4869 | Add a function similar to the following to your | ||
| 4870 | recipe: | ||
| 4871 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4872 | do_compile_ptest() { | ||
| 4873 | oe_runmake buildtest-TESTS | ||
| 4874 | } | ||
| 4875 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4876 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4877 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Ensure special configurations | ||
| 4878 | are set:</emphasis> | ||
| 4879 | If the package requires special configurations | ||
| 4880 | prior to compiling the test code, you must | ||
| 4881 | insert a <filename>do_configure_ptest</filename> | ||
| 4882 | function into the recipe. | ||
| 4883 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4884 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Install the test | ||
| 4885 | suite:</emphasis> | ||
| 4886 | The <filename>ptest.bbclass</filename> class | ||
| 4887 | automatically copies the file | ||
| 4888 | <filename>run-ptest</filename> to the target and | ||
| 4889 | then runs make <filename>install-ptest</filename> | ||
| 4890 | to run the tests. | ||
| 4891 | If this is not enough, you need to create a | ||
| 4892 | <filename>do_install_ptest</filename> function and | ||
| 4893 | make sure it gets called after the | ||
| 4894 | "make install-ptest" completes. | ||
| 4895 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 4896 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 4897 | </para> | ||
| 4898 | </section> | ||
| 4899 | </section> | ||
| 4900 | </section> | ||
| 4901 | |||
| 4902 | <section id="building-software-from-an-external-source"> | ||
| 4903 | <title>Building Software from an External Source</title> | ||
| 4904 | |||
| 4905 | <para> | ||
| 4906 | By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the | ||
| 4907 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> to | ||
| 4908 | build source code. | ||
| 4909 | The build process involves fetching the source files, unpacking | ||
| 4910 | them, and then patching them if necessary before the build takes | ||
| 4911 | place. | ||
| 4912 | </para> | ||
| 4913 | |||
| 4914 | <para> | ||
| 4915 | Situations exist where you might want to build software from source | ||
| 4916 | files that are external to and thus outside of the | ||
| 4917 | OpenEmbedded build system. | ||
| 4918 | For example, suppose you have a project that includes a new BSP with | ||
| 4919 | a heavily customized kernel. | ||
| 4920 | And, you want to minimize exposing the build system to the | ||
| 4921 | development team so that they can focus on their project and | ||
| 4922 | maintain everyone's workflow as much as possible. | ||
| 4923 | In this case, you want a kernel source directory on the development | ||
| 4924 | machine where the development occurs. | ||
| 4925 | You want the recipe's | ||
| 4926 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4927 | variable to point to the external directory and use it as is, not | ||
| 4928 | copy it. | ||
| 4929 | </para> | ||
| 4930 | |||
| 4931 | <para> | ||
| 4932 | To build from software that comes from an external source, all you | ||
| 4933 | need to do is inherit | ||
| 4934 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-externalsrc'><filename>externalsrc.bbclass</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4935 | and then set the | ||
| 4936 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTERNALSRC'><filename>EXTERNALSRC</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4937 | variable to point to your external source code. | ||
| 4938 | Here are the statements to put in your | ||
| 4939 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
| 4940 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4941 | INHERIT += "externalsrc" | ||
| 4942 | EXTERNALSRC_pn-myrecipe = "/some/path/to/your/source/tree" | ||
| 4943 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4944 | </para> | ||
| 4945 | |||
| 4946 | <para> | ||
| 4947 | By default, <filename>externalsrc.bbclass</filename> builds | ||
| 4948 | the source code in a directory separate from the external source | ||
| 4949 | directory as specified by | ||
| 4950 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTERNALSRC'><filename>EXTERNALSRC</filename></ulink>. | ||
| 4951 | If you need to have the source built in the same directory in | ||
| 4952 | which it resides, or some other nominated directory, you can set | ||
| 4953 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTERNALSRC_BUILD'><filename>EXTERNALSRC_BUILD</filename></ulink> | ||
| 4954 | to point to that directory: | ||
| 4955 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4956 | EXTERNALSRC_BUILD_pn-myrecipe = "/path/to/my/source/tree" | ||
| 4957 | </literallayout> | ||
| 4958 | </para> | ||
| 4959 | </section> | ||
| 4960 | |||
| 4961 | <section id="selecting-an-initialization-manager"> | ||
| 4962 | <title>Selecting an Initialization Manager</title> | ||
| 4963 | |||
| 4964 | <para> | ||
| 4965 | By default, the Yocto Project uses | ||
| 4966 | <filename>SysVinit</filename> as the initialization manager. | ||
| 4967 | However, support also exists for <filename>systemd</filename>, | ||
| 4968 | which is a full replacement for <filename>init</filename> with | ||
| 4969 | parallel starting of services, reduced shell overhead and other | ||
| 4970 | features that are used by many distributions. | ||
| 4971 | </para> | ||
| 4972 | |||
| 4973 | <para> | ||
| 4974 | If you want to use <filename>sysvinit</filename>, you do | ||
| 4975 | not have to do anything. | ||
| 4976 | But, if you want to use <filename>systemd</filename>, you must | ||
| 4977 | take some steps as described in the following sections. | ||
| 4978 | </para> | ||
| 4979 | |||
| 4980 | <!-- | ||
| 4981 | <note> | ||
| 4982 | It is recommended that you create your own distribution configuration | ||
| 4983 | file to hold these settings instead of using your | ||
| 4984 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file. | ||
| 4985 | For information on creating your own distribution, see the | ||
| 4986 | "<link linkend='creating-your-own-distribution'>Creating Your Own Distribution</link>" | ||
| 4987 | section. | ||
| 4988 | </note> | ||
| 4989 | --> | ||
| 4990 | |||
| 4991 | <section id='using-systemd-exclusively'> | ||
| 4992 | <title>Using systemd Exclusively</title> | ||
| 4993 | |||
| 4994 | <para> | ||
| 4995 | Set the following variables in your distribution configuration | ||
| 4996 | file as follows: | ||
| 4997 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 4998 | DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " systemd" | ||
| 4999 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager = "systemd" | ||
| 5000 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5001 | You can also prevent the <filename>sysvinit</filename> | ||
| 5002 | distribution feature from | ||
| 5003 | being automatically enabled as follows: | ||
| 5004 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5005 | DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED = "sysvinit" | ||
| 5006 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5007 | Doing so removes any redundant <filename>sysvinit</filename> | ||
| 5008 | scripts. | ||
| 5009 | </para> | ||
| 5010 | |||
| 5011 | <para> | ||
| 5012 | For information on the backfill variable, see | ||
| 5013 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5014 | in the Yocto Project Reference Manual. | ||
| 5015 | </para> | ||
| 5016 | </section> | ||
| 5017 | |||
| 5018 | <section id='using-systemd-for-the-main-image-and-using-sysvinit-for-the-rescue-image'> | ||
| 5019 | <title>Using systemd for the Main Image and Using SysVinit for the Rescue Image</title> | ||
| 5020 | |||
| 5021 | <para> | ||
| 5022 | Set the following variables in your distribution configuration | ||
| 5023 | file as follows: | ||
| 5024 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5025 | DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " systemd" | ||
| 5026 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager = "systemd" | ||
| 5027 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5028 | Doing so causes your main image to use the | ||
| 5029 | <filename>packagegroup-core-boot.bb</filename> recipe and | ||
| 5030 | <filename>systemd</filename>. | ||
| 5031 | The rescue/minimal image cannot use this package group. | ||
| 5032 | However, it can install <filename>sysvinit</filename> | ||
| 5033 | and the appropriate packages will have support for both | ||
| 5034 | <filename>systemd</filename> and <filename>sysvinit</filename>. | ||
| 5035 | </para> | ||
| 5036 | </section> | ||
| 5037 | </section> | ||
| 5038 | |||
| 5039 | <section id='excluding-recipes-from-the-build'> | ||
| 5040 | <title>Excluding Recipes From the Build</title> | ||
| 5041 | |||
| 5042 | <para> | ||
| 5043 | You might find that there are groups of recipes or append files | ||
| 5044 | that you want to filter out of the build process. | ||
| 5045 | Usually, this is not necessary. | ||
| 5046 | However, on rare occasions where you might want to use a | ||
| 5047 | layer but exclude parts that are causing problems, such | ||
| 5048 | as introducing a different version of a recipe, you can | ||
| 5049 | use | ||
| 5050 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBMASK'><filename>BBMASK</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5051 | to exclude the recipe. | ||
| 5052 | </para> | ||
| 5053 | |||
| 5054 | <para> | ||
| 5055 | It is possible to filter or mask out <filename>.bb</filename> and | ||
| 5056 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files. | ||
| 5057 | You can do this by providing an expression with the | ||
| 5058 | <filename>BBMASK</filename> variable. | ||
| 5059 | Here is an example: | ||
| 5060 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5061 | BBMASK = "/meta-mymachine/recipes-maybe/" | ||
| 5062 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5063 | Here, all <filename>.bb</filename> and | ||
| 5064 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files in the directory that match | ||
| 5065 | the expression are ignored during the build process. | ||
| 5066 | </para> | ||
| 5067 | |||
| 5068 | <note> | ||
| 5069 | The value you provide is passed to Python's regular expression | ||
| 5070 | compiler. | ||
| 5071 | The expression is compared against the full paths to the files. | ||
| 5072 | For complete syntax information, see Python's documentation at | ||
| 5073 | <ulink url='http://docs.python.org/release/2.3/lib/re-syntax.html'></ulink>. | ||
| 5074 | </note> | ||
| 5075 | </section> | ||
| 5076 | |||
| 5077 | <section id="platdev-appdev-srcrev"> | ||
| 5078 | <title>Using an External SCM</title> | ||
| 5079 | |||
| 5080 | <para> | ||
| 5081 | If you're working on a recipe that pulls from an external Source Code Manager (SCM), it | ||
| 5082 | is possible to have the OpenEmbedded build system notice new recipe changes added to the | ||
| 5083 | SCM and then build the resulting package that depends on the new recipes by using the latest | ||
| 5084 | versions. | ||
| 5085 | This only works for SCMs from which it is possible to get a sensible revision number for changes. | ||
| 5086 | Currently, you can do this with Apache Subversion (SVN), Git, and Bazaar (BZR) repositories. | ||
| 5087 | </para> | ||
| 5088 | |||
| 5089 | <para> | ||
| 5090 | To enable this behavior, simply add the following to the <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
| 5091 | configuration file found in the | ||
| 5092 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>: | ||
| 5093 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5094 | SRCREV_pn-<PN> = "${AUTOREV}" | ||
| 5095 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5096 | where <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5097 | is the name of the recipe for which you want to enable automatic source | ||
| 5098 | revision updating. | ||
| 5099 | </para> | ||
| 5100 | </section> | ||
| 5101 | |||
| 5102 | <section id='creating-a-read-only-root-filesystem'> | ||
| 5103 | <title>Creating a Read-Only Root Filesystem</title> | ||
| 5104 | |||
| 5105 | <para> | ||
| 5106 | Suppose, for security reasons, you need to disable | ||
| 5107 | your target device's root filesystem's write permissions | ||
| 5108 | (i.e. you need a read-only root filesystem). | ||
| 5109 | Or, perhaps you are running the device's operating system | ||
| 5110 | from a read-only storage device. | ||
| 5111 | For either case, you can customize your image for | ||
| 5112 | that behavior. | ||
| 5113 | </para> | ||
| 5114 | |||
| 5115 | <note> | ||
| 5116 | Supporting a read-only root filesystem requires that the system and | ||
| 5117 | applications do not try to write to the root filesystem. | ||
| 5118 | You must configure all parts of the target system to write | ||
| 5119 | elsewhere, or to gracefully fail in the event of failing to | ||
| 5120 | write to the root filesystem. | ||
| 5121 | </note> | ||
| 5122 | |||
| 5123 | <section id='creating-the-root-filesystem'> | ||
| 5124 | <title>Creating the Root Filesystem</title> | ||
| 5125 | |||
| 5126 | <para> | ||
| 5127 | To create the read-only root filesystem, simply add the | ||
| 5128 | <filename>read-only-rootfs</filename> feature to your image. | ||
| 5129 | Using either of the following statements in your | ||
| 5130 | image recipe or from within the | ||
| 5131 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file found in the | ||
| 5132 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> | ||
| 5133 | causes the build system to create a read-only root filesystem: | ||
| 5134 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5135 | IMAGE_FEATURES = "read-only-rootfs" | ||
| 5136 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5137 | or | ||
| 5138 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5139 | EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES = "read-only-rootfs" | ||
| 5140 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5141 | </para> | ||
| 5142 | |||
| 5143 | <para> | ||
| 5144 | For more information on how to use these variables, see the | ||
| 5145 | "<link linkend='usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures'>Customizing Images Using Custom <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> and <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></link>" | ||
| 5146 | section. | ||
| 5147 | For information on the variables, see | ||
| 5148 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5149 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>. | ||
| 5150 | </para> | ||
| 5151 | </section> | ||
| 5152 | |||
| 5153 | <section id='post-installation-scripts'> | ||
| 5154 | <title>Post-Installation Scripts</title> | ||
| 5155 | |||
| 5156 | <para> | ||
| 5157 | It is very important that you make sure all | ||
| 5158 | post-Installation (<filename>pkg_postinst</filename>) scripts | ||
| 5159 | for packages that are installed into the image can be run | ||
| 5160 | at the time when the root filesystem is created during the | ||
| 5161 | build on the host system. | ||
| 5162 | These scripts cannot attempt to run during first-boot on the | ||
| 5163 | target device. | ||
| 5164 | With the <filename>read-only-rootfs</filename> feature enabled, | ||
| 5165 | the build system checks during root filesystem creation to make | ||
| 5166 | sure all post-installation scripts succeed. | ||
| 5167 | If any of these scripts still need to be run after the root | ||
| 5168 | filesystem is created, the build immediately fails. | ||
| 5169 | These checks during build time ensure that the build fails | ||
| 5170 | rather than the target device fails later during its | ||
| 5171 | initial boot operation. | ||
| 5172 | </para> | ||
| 5173 | |||
| 5174 | <para> | ||
| 5175 | Most of the common post-installation scripts generated by the | ||
| 5176 | build system for the out-of-the-box Yocto Project are engineered | ||
| 5177 | so that they can run during root filesystem creation | ||
| 5178 | (e.g. post-installation scripts for caching fonts). | ||
| 5179 | However, if you create and add custom scripts, you need | ||
| 5180 | to be sure they can be run during file system creation. | ||
| 5181 | </para> | ||
| 5182 | |||
| 5183 | <para> | ||
| 5184 | Here are some common problems that prevent | ||
| 5185 | post-installation scripts from running during root filesystem | ||
| 5186 | creation: | ||
| 5187 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5188 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Not using $D in front of absolute paths:</emphasis> | ||
| 5189 | The build system defines | ||
| 5190 | <filename>$</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'><filename>D</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5191 | at root filesystem creation time, and | ||
| 5192 | it is blank when run on the target device. | ||
| 5193 | This implies two purposes for <filename>$D</filename>: | ||
| 5194 | ensuring paths are valid in both the host and target | ||
| 5195 | environments, and checking to determine which | ||
| 5196 | environment is being used as a method for taking | ||
| 5197 | appropriate actions. | ||
| 5198 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5199 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Attempting to run processes that are | ||
| 5200 | specific to or dependent on the target | ||
| 5201 | architecture:</emphasis> | ||
| 5202 | You can work around these attempts by using native | ||
| 5203 | tools to accomplish the same tasks, or | ||
| 5204 | by alternatively running the processes under QEMU, | ||
| 5205 | which has the <filename>qemu_run_binary</filename> | ||
| 5206 | function. | ||
| 5207 | For more information, see the | ||
| 5208 | <filename>meta/classes/qemu.bbclass</filename> | ||
| 5209 | class in the | ||
| 5210 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
| 5211 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5212 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 5213 | </para> | ||
| 5214 | </section> | ||
| 5215 | |||
| 5216 | <section id='areas-with-write-access'> | ||
| 5217 | <title>Areas With Write Access</title> | ||
| 5218 | |||
| 5219 | <para> | ||
| 5220 | With the <filename>read-only-rootfs</filename> feature enabled, | ||
| 5221 | any attempt by the target to write to the root filesystem at | ||
| 5222 | runtime fails. | ||
| 5223 | Consequently, you must make sure that you configure processes | ||
| 5224 | and applications that attempt these types of writes do so | ||
| 5225 | to directories with write access (e.g. | ||
| 5226 | <filename>/tmp</filename> or <filename>/var/run</filename>). | ||
| 5227 | </para> | ||
| 5228 | </section> | ||
| 5229 | </section> | ||
| 5230 | |||
| 5231 | <section id="performing-automated-runtime-testing"> | ||
| 5232 | <title>Performing Automated Runtime Testing</title> | ||
| 5233 | |||
| 5234 | <para> | ||
| 5235 | The OpenEmbedded build system makes available a series of automated | ||
| 5236 | tests for images to verify runtime functionality. | ||
| 5237 | <note> | ||
| 5238 | Currently, there is only support for running these tests | ||
| 5239 | under QEMU. | ||
| 5240 | </note> | ||
| 5241 | These tests are written in Python making use of the | ||
| 5242 | <filename>unittest</filename> module, and the majority of them | ||
| 5243 | run commands on the target system over | ||
| 5244 | <filename>ssh</filename>. | ||
| 5245 | This section describes how you set up the environment to use these | ||
| 5246 | tests, run available tests, and write and add your own tests. | ||
| 5247 | </para> | ||
| 5248 | |||
| 5249 | <section id="qemu-image-enabling-tests"> | ||
| 5250 | <title>Enabling Tests</title> | ||
| 5251 | |||
| 5252 | <para> | ||
| 5253 | In order to run tests, you need to do the following: | ||
| 5254 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5255 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Set up to avoid interaction | ||
| 5256 | with <filename>sudo</filename> for networking:</emphasis> | ||
| 5257 | To accomplish this, you must do one of the | ||
| 5258 | following: | ||
| 5259 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5260 | <listitem><para>Add | ||
| 5261 | <filename>NOPASSWD</filename> for your user | ||
| 5262 | in <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> either for | ||
| 5263 | ALL commands or just for | ||
| 5264 | <filename>runqemu-ifup</filename>. | ||
| 5265 | You must provide the full path as that can | ||
| 5266 | change if you are using multiple clones of the | ||
| 5267 | source repository. | ||
| 5268 | <note> | ||
| 5269 | On some distributions, you also need to | ||
| 5270 | comment out "Defaults requiretty" in | ||
| 5271 | <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename>. | ||
| 5272 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
| 5273 | <listitem><para>Manually configure a tap interface | ||
| 5274 | for your system.</para></listitem> | ||
| 5275 | <listitem><para>Run as root the script in | ||
| 5276 | <filename>scripts/runqemu-gen-tapdevs</filename>, | ||
| 5277 | which should generate a list of tap devices. | ||
| 5278 | This is the option typically chosen for | ||
| 5279 | Autobuilder-type environments. | ||
| 5280 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5281 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
| 5282 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Set the | ||
| 5283 | <filename>DISPLAY</filename> variable:</emphasis> | ||
| 5284 | You need to set this variable so that you have an X | ||
| 5285 | server available (e.g. start | ||
| 5286 | <filename>vncserver</filename> for a headless machine). | ||
| 5287 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5288 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Be sure your host's firewall | ||
| 5289 | accepts incoming connections from | ||
| 5290 | 192.168.7.0/24:</emphasis> | ||
| 5291 | Some of the tests (in particular smart tests) start a | ||
| 5292 | HTTP server on a random high number port, which is | ||
| 5293 | used to serve files to the target. | ||
| 5294 | The smart module serves | ||
| 5295 | <filename>${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm</filename> so it can run | ||
| 5296 | smart channel commands. That means your host's firewall | ||
| 5297 | must accept incoming connections from 192.168.7.0/24, | ||
| 5298 | which is the default IP range used for tap devices | ||
| 5299 | by <filename>runqemu</filename>.</para></listitem> | ||
| 5300 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 5301 | </para> | ||
| 5302 | |||
| 5303 | <note> | ||
| 5304 | Regardless of how you initiate the tests, if you built your | ||
| 5305 | image using <filename>rm_work</filename>, | ||
| 5306 | most of the tests will fail with errors because they rely on | ||
| 5307 | <filename>${WORKDIR}/installed_pkgs.txt</filename>. | ||
| 5308 | </note> | ||
| 5309 | </section> | ||
| 5310 | |||
| 5311 | <section id="qemu-image-running-tests"> | ||
| 5312 | <title>Running Tests</title> | ||
| 5313 | |||
| 5314 | <para> | ||
| 5315 | You can start the tests automatically or manually: | ||
| 5316 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5317 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Automatically Running Tests:</emphasis> | ||
| 5318 | To run the tests automatically after the | ||
| 5319 | OpenEmbedded build system successfully creates an image, | ||
| 5320 | first set the | ||
| 5321 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_IMAGE'><filename>TEST_IMAGE</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5322 | variable to "1" in your <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
| 5323 | file in the | ||
| 5324 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>: | ||
| 5325 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5326 | TEST_IMAGE = "1" | ||
| 5327 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5328 | Next, simply build your image. | ||
| 5329 | If the image successfully builds, the tests will be | ||
| 5330 | run: | ||
| 5331 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5332 | bitbake core-image-sato | ||
| 5333 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 5334 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Manually Running Tests:</emphasis> | ||
| 5335 | To manually run the tests, first globally inherit | ||
| 5336 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-testimage'><filename>testimage.class</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5337 | by editing your <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
| 5338 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5339 | INHERIT += "testimage" | ||
| 5340 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5341 | Next, use BitBake to run the tests: | ||
| 5342 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5343 | bitbake -c testimage <image> | ||
| 5344 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 5345 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 5346 | </para> | ||
| 5347 | |||
| 5348 | <para> | ||
| 5349 | Regardless of how you run the tests, once they start, the | ||
| 5350 | following happens: | ||
| 5351 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5352 | <listitem><para>A copy of the root filesystem is written | ||
| 5353 | to <filename>${WORKDIR}/testimage</filename>. | ||
| 5354 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5355 | <listitem><para>The image is booted under QEMU using the | ||
| 5356 | standard <filename>runqemu</filename> script. | ||
| 5357 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5358 | <listitem><para>A default timeout of 500 seconds occurs | ||
| 5359 | to allow for the boot process to reach the login prompt. | ||
| 5360 | You can change the timeout period by setting | ||
| 5361 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT'><filename>TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5362 | in the <filename>local.conf</filename> file. | ||
| 5363 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5364 | <listitem><para>Once the boot process is reached and the | ||
| 5365 | login prompt appears, the tests run. | ||
| 5366 | The full boot log is written to | ||
| 5367 | <filename>${WORKDIR}/testimage/qemu_boot_log</filename>. | ||
| 5368 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5369 | <listitem><para>Each test module loads in the order found | ||
| 5370 | in <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename>. | ||
| 5371 | You can find the full output of the commands run over | ||
| 5372 | <filename>ssh</filename> in | ||
| 5373 | <filename>${WORKDIR}/testimgage/ssh_target_log</filename>. | ||
| 5374 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5375 | <listitem><para>If no failures occur, the task running the | ||
| 5376 | tests ends successfully. | ||
| 5377 | You can find the output from the | ||
| 5378 | <filename>unittest</filename> in the task log at | ||
| 5379 | <filename>${WORKDIR}/temp/log.do_testimage</filename>. | ||
| 5380 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5381 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 5382 | </para> | ||
| 5383 | |||
| 5384 | <para> | ||
| 5385 | All test files reside in | ||
| 5386 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename> in the | ||
| 5387 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
| 5388 | A test name maps directly to a Python module. | ||
| 5389 | Each test module may contain a number of individual tests. | ||
| 5390 | Tests are usually grouped together by the area | ||
| 5391 | tested (e.g tests for <filename>systemd</filename> reside in | ||
| 5392 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime/systemd.py</filename>). | ||
| 5393 | </para> | ||
| 5394 | |||
| 5395 | <para> | ||
| 5396 | You can add tests to any layer provided you place them in the | ||
| 5397 | proper area and you extend | ||
| 5398 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5399 | in the <filename>local.conf</filename> file as normal. | ||
| 5400 | Be sure that tests reside in | ||
| 5401 | <filename><layer>/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename>. | ||
| 5402 | <note> | ||
| 5403 | Be sure that module names do not collide with module names | ||
| 5404 | used in the default set of test modules in | ||
| 5405 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename>. | ||
| 5406 | </note> | ||
| 5407 | </para> | ||
| 5408 | |||
| 5409 | <para> | ||
| 5410 | You can change the set of tests run by appending or overriding | ||
| 5411 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_SUITES'><filename>TEST_SUITES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5412 | variable in <filename>local.conf</filename>. | ||
| 5413 | Each name in <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> represents a | ||
| 5414 | required test for the image. | ||
| 5415 | Test modules named within <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> | ||
| 5416 | cannot be skipped even if a test is not suitable for an image | ||
| 5417 | (e.g. running the rpm tests on an image without | ||
| 5418 | <filename>rpm</filename>). | ||
| 5419 | Appending "auto" to <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> causes the | ||
| 5420 | build system to try to run all tests that are suitable for the | ||
| 5421 | image (i.e. each test module may elect to skip itself). | ||
| 5422 | </para> | ||
| 5423 | |||
| 5424 | <para> | ||
| 5425 | The order you list tests in <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> | ||
| 5426 | is important. | ||
| 5427 | The order influences test dependencies. | ||
| 5428 | Consequently, tests that depend on other tests should be added | ||
| 5429 | after the test on which they depend. | ||
| 5430 | For example, since <filename>ssh</filename> depends on the | ||
| 5431 | <filename>ping</filename> test, <filename>ssh</filename> | ||
| 5432 | needs to come after <filename>ping</filename> in the list. | ||
| 5433 | The test class provides no re-ordering or dependency handling. | ||
| 5434 | <note> | ||
| 5435 | Each module can have multiple classes with multiple test | ||
| 5436 | methods. | ||
| 5437 | And, Python <filename>unittest</filename> rules apply. | ||
| 5438 | </note> | ||
| 5439 | </para> | ||
| 5440 | |||
| 5441 | <para> | ||
| 5442 | Here are some things to keep in mind when running tests: | ||
| 5443 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5444 | <listitem><para>The default tests for the image are defined | ||
| 5445 | as: | ||
| 5446 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5447 | DEFAULT_TEST_SUITES_pn-<image> = "ping ssh df connman syslog xorg scp vnc date rpm smart dmesg" | ||
| 5448 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 5449 | <listitem><para>Add your own test to the list of the | ||
| 5450 | by using the following: | ||
| 5451 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5452 | TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest" | ||
| 5453 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 5454 | <listitem><para>Run a specific list of tests as follows: | ||
| 5455 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5456 | TEST_SUITES = "test1 test2 test3" | ||
| 5457 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5458 | Remember, order is important. | ||
| 5459 | Be sure to place a test that is dependent on another test | ||
| 5460 | later in the order.</para></listitem> | ||
| 5461 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 5462 | </para> | ||
| 5463 | </section> | ||
| 5464 | |||
| 5465 | <section id="qemu-image-writing-new-tests"> | ||
| 5466 | <title>Writing New Tests</title> | ||
| 5467 | |||
| 5468 | <para> | ||
| 5469 | As mentioned previously, all new test files need to be in the | ||
| 5470 | proper place for the build system to find them. | ||
| 5471 | New tests for additional functionality outside of the core | ||
| 5472 | should be added to the layer that adds the functionality, in | ||
| 5473 | <filename><layer>/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename> (as | ||
| 5474 | long as | ||
| 5475 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5476 | is extended in the layer's | ||
| 5477 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> file as normal). | ||
| 5478 | Just remember that filenames need to map directly to test | ||
| 5479 | (module) names and that you do not use module names that | ||
| 5480 | collide with existing core tests. | ||
| 5481 | </para> | ||
| 5482 | |||
| 5483 | <para> | ||
| 5484 | To create a new test, start by copying an existing module | ||
| 5485 | (e.g. <filename>syslog.py</filename> or | ||
| 5486 | <filename>gcc.py</filename> are good ones to use). | ||
| 5487 | Test modules can use code from | ||
| 5488 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/utils</filename>, which are helper | ||
| 5489 | classes. | ||
| 5490 | </para> | ||
| 5491 | |||
| 5492 | <note> | ||
| 5493 | Structure shell commands such that you rely on them and they | ||
| 5494 | return a single code for success. | ||
| 5495 | Be aware that sometimes you will need to parse the output. | ||
| 5496 | See the <filename>df.py</filename> and | ||
| 5497 | <filename>date.py</filename> modules for examples. | ||
| 5498 | </note> | ||
| 5499 | |||
| 5500 | <para> | ||
| 5501 | You will notice that all test classes inherit | ||
| 5502 | <filename>oeRuntimeTest</filename>, which is found in | ||
| 5503 | <filename>meta/lib/oetest.py</filename>. | ||
| 5504 | This base class offers some helper attributes, which are | ||
| 5505 | described in the following sections: | ||
| 5506 | </para> | ||
| 5507 | |||
| 5508 | <section id='qemu-image-writing-tests-class-methods'> | ||
| 5509 | <title>Class Methods</title> | ||
| 5510 | |||
| 5511 | <para> | ||
| 5512 | Class methods are as follows: | ||
| 5513 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5514 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>hasPackage(pkg)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5515 | Returns "True" if <filename>pkg</filename> is in the | ||
| 5516 | installed package list of the image, which is based | ||
| 5517 | on | ||
| 5518 | <filename>${WORKDIR}/installed_pkgs.txt</filename> | ||
| 5519 | that is generated during the | ||
| 5520 | <filename>do.rootfs</filename> task. | ||
| 5521 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5522 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>hasFeature(feature)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5523 | Returns "True" if the feature is in | ||
| 5524 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
| 5525 | or | ||
| 5526 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink>. | ||
| 5527 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5528 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>restartTarget(params)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5529 | Restarts the QEMU image optionally passing | ||
| 5530 | <filename>params</filename> to the | ||
| 5531 | <filename>runqemu</filename> script's | ||
| 5532 | <filename>qemuparams</filename> list (e.g "-m 1024" for | ||
| 5533 | more memory).</para></listitem> | ||
| 5534 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 5535 | </para> | ||
| 5536 | </section> | ||
| 5537 | |||
| 5538 | <section id='qemu-image-writing-tests-class-attributes'> | ||
| 5539 | <title>Class Attributes</title> | ||
| 5540 | |||
| 5541 | <para> | ||
| 5542 | Class attributes are as follows: | ||
| 5543 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5544 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>pscmd</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5545 | Equals "ps -ef" if <filename>procps</filename> is | ||
| 5546 | installed in the image. | ||
| 5547 | Otherwise, <filename>pscmd</filename> equals | ||
| 5548 | "ps" (busybox). | ||
| 5549 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5550 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>tc</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5551 | The called text context, which gives access to the | ||
| 5552 | following attributes: | ||
| 5553 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5554 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>d</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5555 | The BitBake data store, which allows you to | ||
| 5556 | use stuff such as | ||
| 5557 | <filename>oeRuntimeTest.tc.d.getVar("VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager")</filename>. | ||
| 5558 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5559 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>testslist</filename> and <filename>testsrequired</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5560 | Used internally. | ||
| 5561 | The tests do not need these. | ||
| 5562 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5563 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>filesdir</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5564 | The absolute path to | ||
| 5565 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime/files</filename>, | ||
| 5566 | which contains helper files for tests meant | ||
| 5567 | for copying on the target such as small | ||
| 5568 | files written in C for compilation. | ||
| 5569 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5570 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>qemu</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5571 | Provides access to the | ||
| 5572 | <filename>QemuRunner</filename> object, | ||
| 5573 | which is the class that boots the image. | ||
| 5574 | The <filename>qemu</filename> attribute | ||
| 5575 | provides the following useful attributes: | ||
| 5576 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5577 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>ip</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5578 | The machine's IP address. | ||
| 5579 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5580 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>host_ip</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5581 | The host IP address, which is only | ||
| 5582 | used by smart tests. | ||
| 5583 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5584 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
| 5585 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>target</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5586 | The <filename>SSHControl</filename> object, | ||
| 5587 | which is used for running the following | ||
| 5588 | commands on the image: | ||
| 5589 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5590 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>host</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5591 | Used internally. | ||
| 5592 | The tests do not use this command. | ||
| 5593 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5594 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>timeout</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5595 | A global timeout for commands run on | ||
| 5596 | the target for the instance of a | ||
| 5597 | test. | ||
| 5598 | The default is 300 seconds. | ||
| 5599 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5600 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>run(cmd, timeout=None)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5601 | The single, most used method. | ||
| 5602 | This command is a wrapper for: | ||
| 5603 | <filename>ssh root@host "cmd"</filename>. | ||
| 5604 | The command returns a tuple: | ||
| 5605 | (status, output), which are what | ||
| 5606 | their names imply - the return code | ||
| 5607 | of 'cmd' and whatever output | ||
| 5608 | it produces. | ||
| 5609 | The optional timeout argument | ||
| 5610 | represents the number of seconds the | ||
| 5611 | test should wait for 'cmd' to | ||
| 5612 | return. | ||
| 5613 | If the argument is "None", the | ||
| 5614 | test uses the default instance's | ||
| 5615 | timeout period, which is 300 | ||
| 5616 | seconds. | ||
| 5617 | If the argument is "0", the test | ||
| 5618 | runs until the command returns. | ||
| 5619 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5620 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>copy_to(localpath, remotepath)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5621 | <filename>scp localpath root@ip:remotepath</filename>. | ||
| 5622 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5623 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>copy_from(remotepath, localpath)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 5624 | <filename>scp root@host:remotepath localpath</filename>. | ||
| 5625 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5626 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
| 5627 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
| 5628 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 5629 | </para> | ||
| 5630 | </section> | ||
| 5631 | |||
| 5632 | <section id='qemu-image-writing-tests-instance-attributes'> | ||
| 5633 | <title>Instance Attributes</title> | ||
| 5634 | |||
| 5635 | <para> | ||
| 5636 | A single instance attribute exists, which is | ||
| 5637 | <filename>target</filename>. | ||
| 5638 | The <filename>target</filename> instance attribute is | ||
| 5639 | identical to the class attribute of the same name, which | ||
| 5640 | is described in the previous section. | ||
| 5641 | This attribute exists as both an instance and class | ||
| 5642 | attribute so tests can use | ||
| 5643 | <filename>self.target.run(cmd)</filename> in instance | ||
| 5644 | methods instead of | ||
| 5645 | <filename>oeRuntimeTest.tc.target.run(cmd)</filename>. | ||
| 5646 | </para> | ||
| 5647 | </section> | ||
| 5648 | </section> | ||
| 5649 | </section> | ||
| 5650 | |||
| 5651 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug"> | ||
| 5652 | <title>Debugging With the GNU Project Debugger (GDB) Remotely</title> | ||
| 5653 | |||
| 5654 | <para> | ||
| 5655 | GDB allows you to examine running programs, which in turn helps you to understand and fix problems. | ||
| 5656 | It also allows you to perform post-mortem style analysis of program crashes. | ||
| 5657 | GDB is available as a package within the Yocto Project and is | ||
| 5658 | installed in SDK images by default. | ||
| 5659 | See the "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>" chapter | ||
| 5660 | in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for a description of these images. | ||
| 5661 | You can find information on GDB at <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/gdb/"/>. | ||
| 5662 | </para> | ||
| 5663 | |||
| 5664 | <tip> | ||
| 5665 | For best results, install <filename>-dbg</filename> packages for | ||
| 5666 | the applications you are going to debug. | ||
| 5667 | Doing so makes extra debug symbols available that give you more | ||
| 5668 | meaningful output. | ||
| 5669 | </tip> | ||
| 5670 | |||
| 5671 | <para> | ||
| 5672 | Sometimes, due to memory or disk space constraints, it is not possible | ||
| 5673 | to use GDB directly on the remote target to debug applications. | ||
| 5674 | These constraints arise because GDB needs to load the debugging information and the | ||
| 5675 | binaries of the process being debugged. | ||
| 5676 | Additionally, GDB needs to perform many computations to locate information such as function | ||
| 5677 | names, variable names and values, stack traces and so forth - even before starting the | ||
| 5678 | debugging process. | ||
| 5679 | These extra computations place more load on the target system and can alter the | ||
| 5680 | characteristics of the program being debugged. | ||
| 5681 | </para> | ||
| 5682 | |||
| 5683 | <para> | ||
| 5684 | To help get past the previously mentioned constraints, you can use Gdbserver. | ||
| 5685 | Gdbserver runs on the remote target and does not load any debugging information | ||
| 5686 | from the debugged process. | ||
| 5687 | Instead, a GDB instance processes the debugging information that is run on a | ||
| 5688 | remote computer - the host GDB. | ||
| 5689 | The host GDB then sends control commands to Gdbserver to make it stop or start the debugged | ||
| 5690 | program, as well as read or write memory regions of that debugged program. | ||
| 5691 | All the debugging information loaded and processed as well | ||
| 5692 | as all the heavy debugging is done by the host GDB. | ||
| 5693 | Offloading these processes gives the Gdbserver running on the target a chance to remain | ||
| 5694 | small and fast. | ||
| 5695 | </para> | ||
| 5696 | |||
| 5697 | <para> | ||
| 5698 | Because the host GDB is responsible for loading the debugging information and | ||
| 5699 | for doing the necessary processing to make actual debugging happen, the | ||
| 5700 | user has to make sure the host can access the unstripped binaries complete | ||
| 5701 | with their debugging information and also be sure the target is compiled with no optimizations. | ||
| 5702 | The host GDB must also have local access to all the libraries used by the | ||
| 5703 | debugged program. | ||
| 5704 | Because Gdbserver does not need any local debugging information, the binaries on | ||
| 5705 | the remote target can remain stripped. | ||
| 5706 | However, the binaries must also be compiled without optimization | ||
| 5707 | so they match the host's binaries. | ||
| 5708 | </para> | ||
| 5709 | |||
| 5710 | <para> | ||
| 5711 | To remain consistent with GDB documentation and terminology, the binary being debugged | ||
| 5712 | on the remote target machine is referred to as the "inferior" binary. | ||
| 5713 | For documentation on GDB see the | ||
| 5714 | <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/gdb/documentation/">GDB site</ulink>. | ||
| 5715 | </para> | ||
| 5716 | |||
| 5717 | <para> | ||
| 5718 | The remainder of this section describes the steps you need to take | ||
| 5719 | to debug using the GNU project debugger. | ||
| 5720 | </para> | ||
| 5721 | |||
| 5722 | <section id='platdev-gdb-remotedebug-setup'> | ||
| 5723 | <title>Set Up the Cross-Development Debugging Environment</title> | ||
| 5724 | |||
| 5725 | <para> | ||
| 5726 | Before you can initiate a remote debugging session, you need | ||
| 5727 | to be sure you have set up the cross-development environment, | ||
| 5728 | toolchain, and sysroot. | ||
| 5729 | The "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#adt-prepare'>Preparing for Application Development</ulink>" | ||
| 5730 | chapter of the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide | ||
| 5731 | describes this process. | ||
| 5732 | Be sure you have read that chapter and have set up | ||
| 5733 | your environment. | ||
| 5734 | </para> | ||
| 5735 | </section> | ||
| 5736 | |||
| 5737 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdbserver"> | ||
| 5738 | <title>Launch Gdbserver on the Target</title> | ||
| 5739 | |||
| 5740 | <para> | ||
| 5741 | Make sure Gdbserver is installed on the target. | ||
| 5742 | If it is not, install the package | ||
| 5743 | <filename>gdbserver</filename>, which needs the | ||
| 5744 | <filename>libthread-db1</filename> package. | ||
| 5745 | </para> | ||
| 5746 | |||
| 5747 | <para> | ||
| 5748 | Here is an example that when entered from the host | ||
| 5749 | connects to the target and launches Gdbserver in order to | ||
| 5750 | "debug" a binary named <filename>helloworld</filename>: | ||
| 5751 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5752 | $ gdbserver localhost:2345 /usr/bin/helloworld | ||
| 5753 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5754 | Gdbserver should now be listening on port 2345 for debugging | ||
| 5755 | commands coming from a remote GDB process that is running on | ||
| 5756 | the host computer. | ||
| 5757 | Communication between Gdbserver and the host GDB are done | ||
| 5758 | using TCP. | ||
| 5759 | To use other communication protocols, please refer to the | ||
| 5760 | <ulink url='http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/'>Gdbserver documentation</ulink>. | ||
| 5761 | </para> | ||
| 5762 | </section> | ||
| 5763 | |||
| 5764 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb"> | ||
| 5765 | <title>Launch GDB on the Host Computer</title> | ||
| 5766 | |||
| 5767 | <para> | ||
| 5768 | Running GDB on the host computer takes a number of stages, which | ||
| 5769 | this section describes. | ||
| 5770 | </para> | ||
| 5771 | |||
| 5772 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb-buildcross"> | ||
| 5773 | <title>Build the Cross-GDB Package</title> | ||
| 5774 | <para> | ||
| 5775 | A suitable GDB cross-binary is required that runs on your | ||
| 5776 | host computer but also knows about the the ABI of the | ||
| 5777 | remote target. | ||
| 5778 | You can get this binary from the | ||
| 5779 | <link linkend='cross-development-toolchain'>Cross-Development Toolchain</link>. | ||
| 5780 | Here is an example where the toolchain has been installed | ||
| 5781 | in the default directory | ||
| 5782 | <filename>/opt/poky/&DISTRO;</filename>: | ||
| 5783 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5784 | /opt/poky/1.4/sysroots/i686-pokysdk-linux/usr/bin/armv7a-vfp-neon-poky-linux-gnueabi/arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-gdb | ||
| 5785 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5786 | where <filename>arm</filename> is the target architecture | ||
| 5787 | and <filename>linux-gnueabi</filename> is the target ABI. | ||
| 5788 | </para> | ||
| 5789 | |||
| 5790 | <para> | ||
| 5791 | Alternatively, you can use BitBake to build the | ||
| 5792 | <filename>gdb-cross</filename> binary. | ||
| 5793 | Here is an example: | ||
| 5794 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5795 | $ bitbake gdb-cross | ||
| 5796 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5797 | Once the binary is built, you can find it here: | ||
| 5798 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5799 | tmp/sysroots/<host-arch>/usr/bin/<target-platform>/<target-abi>-gdb | ||
| 5800 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5801 | </para> | ||
| 5802 | </section> | ||
| 5803 | |||
| 5804 | <section id='create-the-gdb-initialization-file'> | ||
| 5805 | <title>Create the GDB Initialization File and Point to Your Root Filesystem</title> | ||
| 5806 | |||
| 5807 | <para> | ||
| 5808 | Aside from the GDB cross-binary, you also need a GDB | ||
| 5809 | initialization file in the same top directory in which | ||
| 5810 | your binary resides. | ||
| 5811 | When you start GDB on your host development system, GDB | ||
| 5812 | finds this initialization file and executes all the | ||
| 5813 | commands within. | ||
| 5814 | For information on the <filename>.gdbinit</filename>, see | ||
| 5815 | "<ulink url='http://sourceware.org/gdb/onlinedocs/gdb/'>Debugging with GDB</ulink>", | ||
| 5816 | which is maintained by | ||
| 5817 | <ulink url='http://www.sourceware.org'>sourceware.org</ulink>. | ||
| 5818 | </para> | ||
| 5819 | |||
| 5820 | <para> | ||
| 5821 | You need to add a statement in the | ||
| 5822 | <filename>.gdbinit</filename> file that points to your | ||
| 5823 | root filesystem. | ||
| 5824 | Here is an example that points to the root filesystem for | ||
| 5825 | an ARM-based target device: | ||
| 5826 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5827 | set sysroot /home/jzhang/sysroot_arm | ||
| 5828 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5829 | </para> | ||
| 5830 | </section> | ||
| 5831 | |||
| 5832 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb-launchhost"> | ||
| 5833 | <title>Launch the Host GDB</title> | ||
| 5834 | |||
| 5835 | <para> | ||
| 5836 | Before launching the host GDB, you need to be sure | ||
| 5837 | you have sourced the cross-debugging environment script, | ||
| 5838 | which if you installed the root filesystem in the default | ||
| 5839 | location is at <filename>/opt/poky/&DISTRO;</filename> | ||
| 5840 | and begins with the string "environment-setup". | ||
| 5841 | For more information, see the | ||
| 5842 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#setting-up-the-cross-development-environment'>Setting Up the Cross-Development Environment</ulink>" | ||
| 5843 | section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's | ||
| 5844 | Guide. | ||
| 5845 | </para> | ||
| 5846 | |||
| 5847 | <para> | ||
| 5848 | Finally, switch to the directory where the binary resides | ||
| 5849 | and run the <filename>cross-gdb</filename> binary. | ||
| 5850 | Provide the binary file you are going to debug. | ||
| 5851 | For example, the following command continues with the | ||
| 5852 | example used in the previous section by loading | ||
| 5853 | the <filename>helloworld</filename> binary as well as the | ||
| 5854 | debugging information: | ||
| 5855 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5856 | $ arm-poky-linux-gnuabi-gdb helloworld | ||
| 5857 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5858 | The commands in your <filename>.gdbinit</filename> execute | ||
| 5859 | and the GDB prompt appears. | ||
| 5860 | </para> | ||
| 5861 | </section> | ||
| 5862 | </section> | ||
| 5863 | |||
| 5864 | <section id='platdev-gdb-connect-to-the-remote-gdb-server'> | ||
| 5865 | <title>Connect to the Remote GDB Server</title> | ||
| 5866 | |||
| 5867 | <para> | ||
| 5868 | From the target, you need to connect to the remote GDB | ||
| 5869 | server that is running on the host. | ||
| 5870 | You need to specify the remote host and port. | ||
| 5871 | Here is the command continuing with the example: | ||
| 5872 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5873 | target remote 192.168.7.2:2345 | ||
| 5874 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5875 | </para> | ||
| 5876 | </section> | ||
| 5877 | |||
| 5878 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb-using"> | ||
| 5879 | <title>Use the Debugger</title> | ||
| 5880 | |||
| 5881 | <para> | ||
| 5882 | You can now proceed with debugging as normal - as if you were debugging | ||
| 5883 | on the local machine. | ||
| 5884 | For example, to instruct GDB to break in the "main" function and then | ||
| 5885 | continue with execution of the inferior binary use the following commands | ||
| 5886 | from within GDB: | ||
| 5887 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5888 | (gdb) break main | ||
| 5889 | (gdb) continue | ||
| 5890 | </literallayout> | ||
| 5891 | </para> | ||
| 5892 | |||
| 5893 | <para> | ||
| 5894 | For more information about using GDB, see the project's online documentation at | ||
| 5895 | <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/gdb/download/onlinedocs/"/>. | ||
| 5896 | </para> | ||
| 5897 | </section> | ||
| 5898 | </section> | ||
| 5899 | |||
| 5900 | <section id="examining-builds-using-toaster"> | ||
| 5901 | <title>Examining Builds Using the Toaster API</title> | ||
| 5902 | |||
| 5903 | <para> | ||
| 5904 | Toaster is an Application Programming Interface (API) and | ||
| 5905 | web-based interface to the OpenEmbedded build system, which uses | ||
| 5906 | BitBake. | ||
| 5907 | Both interfaces are based on a Representational State Transfer | ||
| 5908 | (REST) API that queries for and returns build information using | ||
| 5909 | <filename>GET</filename> and <filename>JSON</filename>. | ||
| 5910 | These types of search operations retrieve sets of objects from | ||
| 5911 | a data store used to collect build information. | ||
| 5912 | The results contain all the data for the objects being returned. | ||
| 5913 | You can order the results of the search by key and the search | ||
| 5914 | parameters are consistent for all object types. | ||
| 5915 | </para> | ||
| 5916 | |||
| 5917 | <para> | ||
| 5918 | Using the interfaces you can do the following: | ||
| 5919 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5920 | <listitem><para>See information about the tasks executed | ||
| 5921 | and reused during the build.</para></listitem> | ||
| 5922 | <listitem><para>See what is built (recipes and | ||
| 5923 | packages) and what packages were installed into the final | ||
| 5924 | image.</para></listitem> | ||
| 5925 | <listitem><para>See performance-related information such | ||
| 5926 | as build time, CPU usage, and disk I/O.</para></listitem> | ||
| 5927 | <listitem><para>Examine error, warning and trace messages | ||
| 5928 | to aid in debugging.</para></listitem> | ||
| 5929 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 5930 | </para> | ||
| 5931 | |||
| 5932 | <note> | ||
| 5933 | <para>This release of Toaster provides you with information | ||
| 5934 | about a BitBake run. | ||
| 5935 | The tool does not allow you to configure and launch a build. | ||
| 5936 | However, future development includes plans to integrate the | ||
| 5937 | configuration and build launching capabilities of | ||
| 5938 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/tools-resources/projects/hob'>Hob</ulink>. | ||
| 5939 | </para> | ||
| 5940 | <para>For more information on using Hob to build an image, | ||
| 5941 | see the | ||
| 5942 | "<link linkend='image-development-using-hob'>Image Development Using Hob</link>" | ||
| 5943 | section.</para> | ||
| 5944 | </note> | ||
| 5945 | |||
| 5946 | <para> | ||
| 5947 | The remainder of this section describes what you need to have in | ||
| 5948 | place to use Toaster, how to start it, use it, and stop it. | ||
| 5949 | For additional information on installing and running Toaster, see the | ||
| 5950 | "<ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/Toaster#Installation_and_Running'>Installation and Running</ulink>" | ||
| 5951 | section of the "Toaster" wiki page. | ||
| 5952 | For complete information on the API and its search operation | ||
| 5953 | URI, parameters, and responses, see the | ||
| 5954 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/REST_API_Contracts'>REST API Contracts</ulink> | ||
| 5955 | Wiki page. | ||
| 5956 | </para> | ||
| 5957 | |||
| 5958 | <section id='starting-toaster'> | ||
| 5959 | <title>Starting Toaster</title> | ||
| 5960 | |||
| 5961 | <para> | ||
| 5962 | Getting set up to use and start Toaster is simple. | ||
| 5963 | First, be sure you have met the following requirements: | ||
| 5964 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 5965 | <listitem><para>You have set up your | ||
| 5966 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
| 5967 | by cloning the upstream <filename>poky</filename> | ||
| 5968 | repository. | ||
| 5969 | See the | ||
| 5970 | <link linkend='local-yp-release'>Yocto Project Release</link> | ||
| 5971 | item for information on how to set up the Source | ||
| 5972 | Directory.</para></listitem> | ||
| 5973 | <listitem><para>You have checked out the | ||
| 5974 | <filename>dora-toaster</filename> branch: | ||
| 5975 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 5976 | $ cd poky | ||
| 5977 | $ git checkout -b dora-toaster origin/dora-toaster | ||
| 5978 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 5979 | <listitem><para>Be sure your build machine has | ||
| 5980 | <ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Django_%28web_framework%29'>Django</ulink> | ||
| 5981 | version 1.4.5 installed.</para></listitem> | ||
| 5982 | <listitem><para>Make sure that port 8000 and 8200 are | ||
| 5983 | free (i.e. they have no servers on them). | ||
| 5984 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5985 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 5986 | </para> | ||
| 5987 | |||
| 5988 | <para> | ||
| 5989 | Once you have met the requirements, follow these steps to | ||
| 5990 | start Toaster running in the background of your shell: | ||
| 5991 | <orderedlist> | ||
| 5992 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Set up your build environment:</emphasis> | ||
| 5993 | Source a build environment script (i.e. | ||
| 5994 | <filename>oe-init-build-env</filename> or | ||
| 5995 | <filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename>). | ||
| 5996 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 5997 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Prepare your local configuration file:</emphasis> | ||
| 5998 | Toaster needs the Toaster class enabled | ||
| 5999 | in Bitbake in order to record target image package | ||
| 6000 | information. | ||
| 6001 | You can enable it by adding the following line to your | ||
| 6002 | <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> file: | ||
| 6003 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6004 | INHERIT += "toaster" | ||
| 6005 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6006 | Toaster also needs Build History enabled in Bitbake in | ||
| 6007 | order to record target image package information. | ||
| 6008 | You can enable this by adding the following two lines | ||
| 6009 | to your <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> file: | ||
| 6010 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6011 | INHERIT += "buildhistory" | ||
| 6012 | BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1" | ||
| 6013 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 6014 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Start Toaster:</emphasis> | ||
| 6015 | Start the Toaster service using this | ||
| 6016 | command from within your build directory: | ||
| 6017 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6018 | $ source toaster start | ||
| 6019 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
| 6020 | <note> | ||
| 6021 | The Toaster must be started and running in order | ||
| 6022 | for it to collect data. | ||
| 6023 | </note> | ||
| 6024 | </orderedlist> | ||
| 6025 | </para> | ||
| 6026 | |||
| 6027 | <para> | ||
| 6028 | When Toaster starts, it creates some additional files in your | ||
| 6029 | Build Directory. | ||
| 6030 | Deleting these files will cause you to lose data or interrupt | ||
| 6031 | Toaster: | ||
| 6032 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 6033 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toaster.sqlite</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 6034 | Toaster's database file.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6035 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toaster_web.log</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 6036 | The log file of the web server.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6037 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toaster_ui.log</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 6038 | The log file of the user interface component. | ||
| 6039 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 6040 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toastermain.pid</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 6041 | The PID of the web server.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6042 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toasterui.pid</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 6043 | The PID of the DSI data bridge.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6044 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>bitbake-cookerdaemon.log</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
| 6045 | The BitBake server's log file.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6046 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 6047 | </para> | ||
| 6048 | </section> | ||
| 6049 | |||
| 6050 | <section id='using-toaster'> | ||
| 6051 | <title>Using Toaster</title> | ||
| 6052 | |||
| 6053 | <para> | ||
| 6054 | Once Toaster is running, it logs information for any BitBake | ||
| 6055 | run from your Build Directory. | ||
| 6056 | This logging is automatic. | ||
| 6057 | All you need to do is access and use the information. | ||
| 6058 | </para> | ||
| 6059 | |||
| 6060 | <para> | ||
| 6061 | You access the information one of two ways: | ||
| 6062 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 6063 | <listitem><para>Open a Browser and type enter in the | ||
| 6064 | <filename>http://localhost:8000</filename> URL. | ||
| 6065 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 6066 | <listitem><para>Use the <filename>xdg-open</filename> | ||
| 6067 | tool from the shell and pass it the same URL. | ||
| 6068 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 6069 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 6070 | Either method opens the home page for the Toaster interface, | ||
| 6071 | which is temporary for this release. | ||
| 6072 | </para> | ||
| 6073 | </section> | ||
| 6074 | |||
| 6075 | <section id='examining-toaster-data'> | ||
| 6076 | <title>Examining Toaster Data</title> | ||
| 6077 | |||
| 6078 | <para> | ||
| 6079 | The Toaster database is persistent regardless of whether you | ||
| 6080 | start or stop the service. | ||
| 6081 | </para> | ||
| 6082 | |||
| 6083 | <para> | ||
| 6084 | Toaster's interface shows you a list of builds | ||
| 6085 | (successful and unsuccessful) for which it has data. | ||
| 6086 | You can click on any build to see related information. | ||
| 6087 | This information includes configuration details, information | ||
| 6088 | about tasks, all recipes and packages built and their | ||
| 6089 | dependencies, packages installed in your final image, | ||
| 6090 | execution time, CPU usage and disk I/O per task. | ||
| 6091 | </para> | ||
| 6092 | </section> | ||
| 6093 | |||
| 6094 | <section id='stopping-toaster'> | ||
| 6095 | <title>Stopping Toaster</title> | ||
| 6096 | |||
| 6097 | <para> | ||
| 6098 | Stop the Toaster service with the following command: | ||
| 6099 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6100 | $ source toaster stop | ||
| 6101 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6102 | The service stops but the Toaster database remains persistent. | ||
| 6103 | </para> | ||
| 6104 | </section> | ||
| 6105 | </section> | ||
| 6106 | |||
| 6107 | <section id="platdev-oprofile"> | ||
| 6108 | <title>Profiling with OProfile</title> | ||
| 6109 | |||
| 6110 | <para> | ||
| 6111 | <ulink url="http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/">OProfile</ulink> is a | ||
| 6112 | statistical profiler well suited for finding performance | ||
| 6113 | bottlenecks in both user-space software and in the kernel. | ||
| 6114 | This profiler provides answers to questions like "Which functions does my application spend | ||
| 6115 | the most time in when doing X?" | ||
| 6116 | Because the OpenEmbedded build system is well integrated with OProfile, it makes profiling | ||
| 6117 | applications on target hardware straightforward. | ||
| 6118 | <note> | ||
| 6119 | For more information on how to set up and run OProfile, see the | ||
| 6120 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_PROF_URL;#profile-manual-oprofile'>OProfile</ulink>" | ||
| 6121 | section in the Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing Manual. | ||
| 6122 | </note> | ||
| 6123 | </para> | ||
| 6124 | |||
| 6125 | <para> | ||
| 6126 | To use OProfile, you need an image that has OProfile installed. | ||
| 6127 | The easiest way to do this is with <filename>tools-profile</filename> in the | ||
| 6128 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'>IMAGE_FEATURES</ulink></filename> variable. | ||
| 6129 | You also need debugging symbols to be available on the system where the analysis | ||
| 6130 | takes place. | ||
| 6131 | You can gain access to the symbols by using <filename>dbg-pkgs</filename> in the | ||
| 6132 | <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable or by | ||
| 6133 | installing the appropriate <filename>-dbg</filename> packages. | ||
| 6134 | </para> | ||
| 6135 | |||
| 6136 | <para> | ||
| 6137 | For successful call graph analysis, the binaries must preserve the frame | ||
| 6138 | pointer register and should also be compiled with the | ||
| 6139 | <filename>-fno-omit-framepointer</filename> flag. | ||
| 6140 | You can achieve this by setting the | ||
| 6141 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION'>SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION</ulink></filename> | ||
| 6142 | variable with the following options: | ||
| 6143 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6144 | -fexpensive-optimizations | ||
| 6145 | -fno-omit-framepointer | ||
| 6146 | -frename-registers | ||
| 6147 | -O2 | ||
| 6148 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6149 | You can also achieve it by setting the | ||
| 6150 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEBUG_BUILD'>DEBUG_BUILD</ulink></filename> | ||
| 6151 | variable to "1" in the <filename>local.conf</filename> configuration file. | ||
| 6152 | If you use the <filename>DEBUG_BUILD</filename> variable, | ||
| 6153 | you also add extra debugging information that can make the debug | ||
| 6154 | packages large. | ||
| 6155 | </para> | ||
| 6156 | |||
| 6157 | <section id="platdev-oprofile-target"> | ||
| 6158 | <title>Profiling on the Target</title> | ||
| 6159 | |||
| 6160 | <para> | ||
| 6161 | Using OProfile you can perform all the profiling work on the target device. | ||
| 6162 | A simple OProfile session might look like the following: | ||
| 6163 | </para> | ||
| 6164 | |||
| 6165 | <para> | ||
| 6166 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6167 | # opcontrol --reset | ||
| 6168 | # opcontrol --start --separate=lib --no-vmlinux -c 5 | ||
| 6169 | . | ||
| 6170 | . | ||
| 6171 | [do whatever is being profiled] | ||
| 6172 | . | ||
| 6173 | . | ||
| 6174 | # opcontrol --stop | ||
| 6175 | $ opreport -cl | ||
| 6176 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6177 | </para> | ||
| 6178 | |||
| 6179 | <para> | ||
| 6180 | In this example, the <filename>reset</filename> command clears any previously profiled data. | ||
| 6181 | The next command starts OProfile. | ||
| 6182 | The options used when starting the profiler separate dynamic library data | ||
| 6183 | within applications, disable kernel profiling, and enable callgraphing up to | ||
| 6184 | five levels deep. | ||
| 6185 | <note> | ||
| 6186 | To profile the kernel, you would specify the | ||
| 6187 | <filename>--vmlinux=/path/to/vmlinux</filename> option. | ||
| 6188 | The <filename>vmlinux</filename> file is usually in the source directory in the | ||
| 6189 | <filename>/boot/</filename> directory and must match the running kernel. | ||
| 6190 | </note> | ||
| 6191 | </para> | ||
| 6192 | |||
| 6193 | <para> | ||
| 6194 | After you perform your profiling tasks, the next command stops the profiler. | ||
| 6195 | After that, you can view results with the <filename>opreport</filename> command with options | ||
| 6196 | to see the separate library symbols and callgraph information. | ||
| 6197 | </para> | ||
| 6198 | |||
| 6199 | <para> | ||
| 6200 | Callgraphing logs information about time spent in functions and about a function's | ||
| 6201 | calling function (parent) and called functions (children). | ||
| 6202 | The higher the callgraphing depth, the more accurate the results. | ||
| 6203 | However, higher depths also increase the logging overhead. | ||
| 6204 | Consequently, you should take care when setting the callgraphing depth. | ||
| 6205 | <note> | ||
| 6206 | On ARM, binaries need to have the frame pointer enabled for callgraphing to work. | ||
| 6207 | To accomplish this use the <filename>-fno-omit-framepointer</filename> option | ||
| 6208 | with <filename>gcc</filename>. | ||
| 6209 | </note> | ||
| 6210 | </para> | ||
| 6211 | |||
| 6212 | <para> | ||
| 6213 | For more information on using OProfile, see the OProfile | ||
| 6214 | online documentation at | ||
| 6215 | <ulink url="http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/docs/"/>. | ||
| 6216 | </para> | ||
| 6217 | </section> | ||
| 6218 | |||
| 6219 | <section id="platdev-oprofile-oprofileui"> | ||
| 6220 | <title>Using OProfileUI</title> | ||
| 6221 | |||
| 6222 | <para> | ||
| 6223 | A graphical user interface for OProfile is also available. | ||
| 6224 | You can download and build this interface from the Yocto Project at | ||
| 6225 | <ulink url="&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/oprofileui/"></ulink>. | ||
| 6226 | If the "tools-profile" image feature is selected, all necessary binaries | ||
| 6227 | are installed onto the target device for OProfileUI interaction. | ||
| 6228 | For a list of image features that ship with the Yocto Project, | ||
| 6229 | see the | ||
| 6230 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-features-image'>Images</ulink>" | ||
| 6231 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual. | ||
| 6232 | </para> | ||
| 6233 | |||
| 6234 | <para> | ||
| 6235 | Even though the source directory usually includes all needed patches on the target device, you | ||
| 6236 | might find you need other OProfile patches for recent OProfileUI features. | ||
| 6237 | If so, see the <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/oprofileui/tree/README'> | ||
| 6238 | OProfileUI README</ulink> for the most recent information. | ||
| 6239 | </para> | ||
| 6240 | |||
| 6241 | <section id="platdev-oprofile-oprofileui-online"> | ||
| 6242 | <title>Online Mode</title> | ||
| 6243 | |||
| 6244 | <para> | ||
| 6245 | Using OProfile in online mode assumes a working network connection with the target | ||
| 6246 | hardware. | ||
| 6247 | With this connection, you just need to run "oprofile-server" on the device. | ||
| 6248 | By default, OProfile listens on port 4224. | ||
| 6249 | <note> | ||
| 6250 | You can change the port using the <filename>--port</filename> command-line | ||
| 6251 | option. | ||
| 6252 | </note> | ||
| 6253 | </para> | ||
| 6254 | |||
| 6255 | <para> | ||
| 6256 | The client program is called <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> and its UI is relatively | ||
| 6257 | straightforward. | ||
| 6258 | You access key functionality through the buttons on the toolbar, which | ||
| 6259 | are duplicated in the menus. | ||
| 6260 | Here are the buttons: | ||
| 6261 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 6262 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Connect:</emphasis> Connects to the remote host. | ||
| 6263 | You can also supply the IP address or hostname.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6264 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Disconnect:</emphasis> Disconnects from the target. | ||
| 6265 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 6266 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Start:</emphasis> Starts profiling on the device. | ||
| 6267 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 6268 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Stop:</emphasis> Stops profiling on the device and | ||
| 6269 | downloads the data to the local host. | ||
| 6270 | Stopping the profiler generates the profile and displays it in the viewer. | ||
| 6271 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 6272 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Download:</emphasis> Downloads the data from the | ||
| 6273 | target and generates the profile, which appears in the viewer.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6274 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Reset:</emphasis> Resets the sample data on the device. | ||
| 6275 | Resetting the data removes sample information collected from previous | ||
| 6276 | sampling runs. | ||
| 6277 | Be sure you reset the data if you do not want to include old sample information. | ||
| 6278 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 6279 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Save:</emphasis> Saves the data downloaded from the | ||
| 6280 | target to another directory for later examination.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6281 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Open:</emphasis> Loads previously saved data. | ||
| 6282 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 6283 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 6284 | </para> | ||
| 6285 | |||
| 6286 | <para> | ||
| 6287 | The client downloads the complete 'profile archive' from | ||
| 6288 | the target to the host for processing. | ||
| 6289 | This archive is a directory that contains the sample data, the object files, | ||
| 6290 | and the debug information for the object files. | ||
| 6291 | The archive is then converted using the <filename>oparchconv</filename> script, which is | ||
| 6292 | included in this distribution. | ||
| 6293 | The script uses <filename>opimport</filename> to convert the archive from | ||
| 6294 | the target to something that can be processed on the host. | ||
| 6295 | </para> | ||
| 6296 | |||
| 6297 | <para> | ||
| 6298 | Downloaded archives reside in the | ||
| 6299 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> in | ||
| 6300 | <filename>tmp</filename> and are cleared up when they are no longer in use. | ||
| 6301 | </para> | ||
| 6302 | |||
| 6303 | <para> | ||
| 6304 | If you wish to perform kernel profiling, you need to be sure | ||
| 6305 | a <filename>vmlinux</filename> file that matches the running kernel is available. | ||
| 6306 | In the source directory, that file is usually located in | ||
| 6307 | <filename>/boot/vmlinux-KERNELVERSION</filename>, where | ||
| 6308 | <filename>KERNEL-version</filename> is the version of the kernel. | ||
| 6309 | The OpenEmbedded build system generates separate <filename>vmlinux</filename> | ||
| 6310 | packages for each kernel it builds. | ||
| 6311 | Thus, it should just be a question of making sure a matching package is | ||
| 6312 | installed (e.g. <filename>opkg install kernel-vmlinux</filename>). | ||
| 6313 | The files are automatically installed into development and profiling images | ||
| 6314 | alongside OProfile. | ||
| 6315 | A configuration option exists within the OProfileUI settings page that you can use to | ||
| 6316 | enter the location of the <filename>vmlinux</filename> file. | ||
| 6317 | </para> | ||
| 6318 | |||
| 6319 | <para> | ||
| 6320 | Waiting for debug symbols to transfer from the device can be slow, and it | ||
| 6321 | is not always necessary to actually have them on the device for OProfile use. | ||
| 6322 | All that is needed is a copy of the filesystem with the debug symbols present | ||
| 6323 | on the viewer system. | ||
| 6324 | The "<link linkend='platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb'>Launch GDB on the Host Computer</link>" | ||
| 6325 | section covers how to create such a directory with | ||
| 6326 | the <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
| 6327 | and how to use the OProfileUI Settings Dialog to specify the location. | ||
| 6328 | If you specify the directory, it will be used when the file checksums | ||
| 6329 | match those on the system you are profiling. | ||
| 6330 | </para> | ||
| 6331 | </section> | ||
| 6332 | |||
| 6333 | <section id="platdev-oprofile-oprofileui-offline"> | ||
| 6334 | <title>Offline Mode</title> | ||
| 6335 | |||
| 6336 | <para> | ||
| 6337 | If network access to the target is unavailable, you can generate | ||
| 6338 | an archive for processing in <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> as follows: | ||
| 6339 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6340 | # opcontrol --reset | ||
| 6341 | # opcontrol --start --separate=lib --no-vmlinux -c 5 | ||
| 6342 | . | ||
| 6343 | . | ||
| 6344 | [do whatever is being profiled] | ||
| 6345 | . | ||
| 6346 | . | ||
| 6347 | # opcontrol --stop | ||
| 6348 | # oparchive -o my_archive | ||
| 6349 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6350 | </para> | ||
| 6351 | |||
| 6352 | <para> | ||
| 6353 | In the above example, <filename>my_archive</filename> is the name of the | ||
| 6354 | archive directory where you would like the profile archive to be kept. | ||
| 6355 | After the directory is created, you can copy it to another host and load it | ||
| 6356 | using <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> open functionality. | ||
| 6357 | If necessary, the archive is converted. | ||
| 6358 | </para> | ||
| 6359 | </section> | ||
| 6360 | </section> | ||
| 6361 | </section> | ||
| 6362 | |||
| 6363 | <section id='maintaining-open-source-license-compliance-during-your-products-lifecycle'> | ||
| 6364 | <title>Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Product's Lifecycle</title> | ||
| 6365 | |||
| 6366 | <para> | ||
| 6367 | One of the concerns for a development organization using open source | ||
| 6368 | software is how to maintain compliance with various open source | ||
| 6369 | licensing during the lifecycle of the product. | ||
| 6370 | While this section does not provide legal advice or | ||
| 6371 | comprehensively cover all scenarios, it does | ||
| 6372 | present methods that you can use to | ||
| 6373 | assist you in meeting the compliance requirements during a software | ||
| 6374 | release. | ||
| 6375 | </para> | ||
| 6376 | |||
| 6377 | <para> | ||
| 6378 | With hundreds of different open source licenses that the Yocto | ||
| 6379 | Project tracks, it is difficult to know the requirements of each | ||
| 6380 | and every license. | ||
| 6381 | However, we can begin to cover the requirements of the major FLOSS licenses, by | ||
| 6382 | assuming that there are three main areas of concern: | ||
| 6383 | <itemizedlist> | ||
| 6384 | <listitem><para>Source code must be provided.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6385 | <listitem><para>License text for the software must be | ||
| 6386 | provided.</para></listitem> | ||
| 6387 | <listitem><para>Compilation scripts and modifications to the | ||
| 6388 | source code must be provided. | ||
| 6389 | </para></listitem> | ||
| 6390 | </itemizedlist> | ||
| 6391 | There are other requirements beyond the scope of these | ||
| 6392 | three and the methods described in this section | ||
| 6393 | (e.g. the mechanism through which source code is distributed). | ||
| 6394 | </para> | ||
| 6395 | |||
| 6396 | <para> | ||
| 6397 | As different organizations have different methods of complying with | ||
| 6398 | open source licensing, this section is not meant to imply that | ||
| 6399 | there is only one single way to meet your compliance obligations, | ||
| 6400 | but rather to describe one method of achieving compliance. | ||
| 6401 | The remainder of this section describes methods supported to meet the | ||
| 6402 | previously mentioned three requirements. | ||
| 6403 | Once you take steps to meet these requirements, | ||
| 6404 | and prior to releasing images, sources, and the build system, | ||
| 6405 | you should audit all artifacts to ensure completeness. | ||
| 6406 | <note> | ||
| 6407 | The Yocto Project generates a license manifest during | ||
| 6408 | image creation that is located | ||
| 6409 | in <filename>${DEPLOY_DIR}/licenses/<image_name-datestamp></filename> | ||
| 6410 | to assist with any audits. | ||
| 6411 | </note> | ||
| 6412 | </para> | ||
| 6413 | |||
| 6414 | <section id='providing-the-source-code'> | ||
| 6415 | <title>Providing the Source Code</title> | ||
| 6416 | |||
| 6417 | <para> | ||
| 6418 | Compliance activities should begin before you generate the | ||
| 6419 | final image. | ||
| 6420 | The first thing you should look at is the requirement that | ||
| 6421 | tops the list for most compliance groups - providing | ||
| 6422 | the source. | ||
| 6423 | The Yocto Project has a few ways of meeting this | ||
| 6424 | requirement. | ||
| 6425 | </para> | ||
| 6426 | |||
| 6427 | <para> | ||
| 6428 | One of the easiest ways to meet this requirement is | ||
| 6429 | to provide the entire | ||
| 6430 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DL_DIR'><filename>DL_DIR</filename></ulink> | ||
| 6431 | used by the build. | ||
| 6432 | This method, however, has a few issues. | ||
| 6433 | The most obvious is the size of the directory since it includes | ||
| 6434 | all sources used in the build and not just the source used in | ||
| 6435 | the released image. | ||
| 6436 | It will include toolchain source, and other artifacts, which | ||
| 6437 | you would not generally release. | ||
| 6438 | However, the more serious issue for most companies is accidental | ||
| 6439 | release of proprietary software. | ||
| 6440 | The Yocto Project provides an archiver class to help avoid | ||
| 6441 | some of these concerns. | ||
| 6442 | See the | ||
| 6443 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-archiver'>Archiving Sources - <filename>archive*.bbclass</filename></ulink>" | ||
| 6444 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for information | ||
| 6445 | on this class. | ||
| 6446 | </para> | ||
| 6447 | |||
| 6448 | <para> | ||
| 6449 | Before you employ <filename>DL_DIR</filename> or the | ||
| 6450 | archiver class, you need to decide how you choose to | ||
| 6451 | provide source. | ||
| 6452 | The source archiver class can generate tarballs and SRPMs | ||
| 6453 | and can create them with various levels of compliance in mind. | ||
| 6454 | One way of doing this (but certainly not the only way) is to | ||
| 6455 | release just the original source as a tarball. | ||
| 6456 | You can do this by adding the following to the | ||
| 6457 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file found in the | ||
| 6458 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>: | ||
| 6459 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6460 | ARCHIVER_MODE ?= "original" | ||
| 6461 | ARCHIVER_CLASS = "${@'archive-${ARCHIVER_MODE}-source' if | ||
| 6462 | ARCHIVER_MODE != 'none' else ''}" | ||
| 6463 | INHERIT += "${ARCHIVER_CLASS}" | ||
| 6464 | SOURCE_ARCHIVE_PACKAGE_TYPE = "tar" | ||
| 6465 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6466 | During the creation of your image, the source from all | ||
| 6467 | recipes that deploy packages to the image is placed within | ||
| 6468 | subdirectories of | ||
| 6469 | <filename>DEPLOY_DIR/sources</filename> based on the | ||
| 6470 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LICENSE'><filename>LICENSE</filename></ulink> | ||
| 6471 | for each recipe. | ||
| 6472 | Releasing the entire directory enables you to comply with | ||
| 6473 | requirements concerning providing the unmodified source. | ||
| 6474 | It is important to note that the size of the directory can | ||
| 6475 | get large. | ||
| 6476 | </para> | ||
| 6477 | |||
| 6478 | <para> | ||
| 6479 | A way to help mitigate the size issue is to only release | ||
| 6480 | tarballs for licenses that require the release of | ||
| 6481 | source. | ||
| 6482 | Let's assume you are only concerned with GPL code as | ||
| 6483 | identified with the following: | ||
| 6484 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6485 | $ cd poky/build/tmp/deploy/sources | ||
| 6486 | $ mkdir ~/gpl_source_release | ||
| 6487 | $ for dir in */*GPL*; do cp -r $dir ~/gpl_source_release; done | ||
| 6488 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6489 | At this point, you could create a tarball from the | ||
| 6490 | <filename>gpl_source_release</filename> directory and | ||
| 6491 | provide that to the end user. | ||
| 6492 | This method would be a step toward achieving compliance | ||
| 6493 | with section 3a of GPLv2 and with section 6 of GPLv3. | ||
| 6494 | </para> | ||
| 6495 | </section> | ||
| 6496 | |||
| 6497 | <section id='providing-license-text'> | ||
| 6498 | <title>Providing License Text</title> | ||
| 6499 | |||
| 6500 | <para> | ||
| 6501 | One requirement that is often overlooked is inclusion | ||
| 6502 | of license text. | ||
| 6503 | This requirement also needs to be dealt with prior to | ||
| 6504 | generating the final image. | ||
| 6505 | Some licenses require the license text to accompany | ||
| 6506 | the binary. | ||
| 6507 | You can achieve this by adding the following to your | ||
| 6508 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
| 6509 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6510 | COPY_LIC_MANIFEST = "1" | ||
| 6511 | COPY_LIC_DIRS = "1" | ||
| 6512 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6513 | Adding these statements to the configuration file ensures | ||
| 6514 | that the licenses collected during package generation | ||
| 6515 | are included on your image. | ||
| 6516 | As the source archiver has already archived the original | ||
| 6517 | unmodified source that contains the license files, | ||
| 6518 | you would have already met the requirements for inclusion | ||
| 6519 | of the license information with source as defined by the GPL | ||
| 6520 | and other open source licenses. | ||
| 6521 | </para> | ||
| 6522 | </section> | ||
| 6523 | |||
| 6524 | <section id='providing-compilation-scripts-and-source-code-modifications'> | ||
| 6525 | <title>Providing Compilation Scripts and Source Code Modifications</title> | ||
| 6526 | |||
| 6527 | <para> | ||
| 6528 | At this point, we have addressed all we need to address | ||
| 6529 | prior to generating the image. | ||
| 6530 | The next two requirements are addressed during the final | ||
| 6531 | packaging of the release. | ||
| 6532 | </para> | ||
| 6533 | |||
| 6534 | <para> | ||
| 6535 | By releasing the version of the OpenEmbedded build system | ||
| 6536 | and the layers used during the build, you will be providing both | ||
| 6537 | compilation scripts and the source code modifications in one | ||
| 6538 | step. | ||
| 6539 | </para> | ||
| 6540 | |||
| 6541 | <para> | ||
| 6542 | If the deployment team has a | ||
| 6543 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP layer</ulink> | ||
| 6544 | and a distro layer, and those those layers are used to patch, | ||
| 6545 | compile, package, or modify (in any way) any open source | ||
| 6546 | software included in your released images, you | ||
| 6547 | may be required to to release those layers under section 3 of | ||
| 6548 | GPLv2 or section 1 of GPLv3. | ||
| 6549 | One way of doing that is with a clean | ||
| 6550 | checkout of the version of the Yocto Project and layers used | ||
| 6551 | during your build. | ||
| 6552 | Here is an example: | ||
| 6553 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6554 | # We built using the &DISTRO_NAME; branch of the poky repo | ||
| 6555 | $ git clone -b &DISTRO_NAME; git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky | ||
| 6556 | $ cd poky | ||
| 6557 | # We built using the release_branch for our layers | ||
| 6558 | $ git clone -b release_branch git://git.mycompany.com/meta-my-bsp-layer | ||
| 6559 | $ git clone -b release_branch git://git.mycompany.com/meta-my-software-layer | ||
| 6560 | # clean up the .git repos | ||
| 6561 | $ find . -name ".git" -type d -exec rm -rf {} \; | ||
| 6562 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6563 | One thing a development organization might want to consider | ||
| 6564 | for end-user convenience is to modify | ||
| 6565 | <filename>meta-yocto/conf/bblayers.conf.sample</filename> to | ||
| 6566 | ensure that when the end user utilizes the released build | ||
| 6567 | system to build an image, the development organization's | ||
| 6568 | layers are included in the <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> | ||
| 6569 | file automatically: | ||
| 6570 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
| 6571 | # LAYER_CONF_VERSION is increased each time build/conf/bblayers.conf | ||
| 6572 | # changes incompatibly | ||
| 6573 | LCONF_VERSION = "6" | ||
| 6574 | |||
| 6575 | BBPATH = "${TOPDIR}" | ||
| 6576 | BBFILES ?= "" | ||
| 6577 | |||
| 6578 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
| 6579 | ##OEROOT##/meta \ | ||
| 6580 | ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto \ | ||
| 6581 | ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
| 6582 | ##OEROOT##/meta-mylayer \ | ||
| 6583 | " | ||
| 6584 | |||
| 6585 | BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ | ||
| 6586 | ##OEROOT##/meta \ | ||
| 6587 | ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto \ | ||
| 6588 | " | ||
| 6589 | </literallayout> | ||
| 6590 | Creating and providing an archive of the | ||
| 6591 | <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link> layers | ||
| 6592 | (recipes, configuration files, and so forth) | ||
| 6593 | enables you to meet your | ||
| 6594 | requirements to include the scripts to control compilation | ||
| 6595 | as well as any modifications to the original source. | ||
| 6596 | </para> | ||
| 6597 | </section> | ||
| 6598 | </section> | ||
| 6599 | </chapter> | ||
| 6600 | |||
| 6601 | <!-- | ||
| 6602 | vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4 | ||
| 6603 | --> | ||
